H3C S9500 Series Command Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. H3C Manuals
  4. Switch
  5. S9500 Series
  6. Command manual
H3C S9500 Series Command Manual

H3C S9500 Series Command Manual

Routing switches
Hide thumbs Also See for S9500 Series:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

Download this manual See also: Operating Manual, Installation Manual
H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches
Command Manual
Hangzhou H3C Technologies Co., Ltd.
http://www.h3c.com
Manual Version: T2-08194S-20081225-C-1.24
Product Version: S9500-CMW310-R1648

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading

Related Manuals for H3C S9500 Series

Summary of Contents for H3C S9500 Series

  • Page 1 H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Command Manual Hangzhou H3C Technologies Co., Ltd. http://www.h3c.com Manual Version: T2-08194S-20081225-C-1.24 Product Version: S9500-CMW310-R1648...
  • Page 2 Copyright © 2007-2008, Hangzhou H3C Technologies Co., Ltd. and its licensors All Rights Reserved No part of this manual may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of Hangzhou H3C Technologies Co., Ltd.
  • Page 3 About This Manual Organization H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Command Manual is organized as follows: Part Contents 00 Feature List and includes Feature List and Command Index. Command Index includes Ethernet Port Commands, Port Configuration Commands, Link Aggregation Configuration Commands, Port Isolation Configuration...
  • Page 4 Part Contents includes Command Line Interface Commands, Login and User Interface Commands, FTP and TFTP Commands, Commands, Commands, NetStream Commands, NTP Commands, RMON Commands, SNMP Commands, Packet Statistics Accounting Commands, Device Management 08 System Volume Commands, Configuration File Management Commands, File System Management Commands, Cluster Management Commands, System Maintenance Debugging Commands,...
  • Page 5 Means reader be careful. Improper operation may cause Caution data loss or damage to equipment. Note Means a complementary description. Related Documentation In addition to this manual, each H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches documentation set includes the following: Manual Description introduces installation...
  • Page 6 [Technical Support & Document > Product Support > Software]: Provides the documentation released with the software version. Documentation Feedback You can e-mail your comments about product documentation to info@h3c.com. We appreciate your comments.
  • Page 7 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Feature List Chapter 1 Feature List The S9500 series support abundant features and the related documents are divided into the volumes as listed in Table 1-1.
  • Page 8 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Feature List Volume Features Command Login and User FTP and TFTP Line Interface Interface NetStream RMON Packet Configuration Device SNMP Statistics File System Management Accounting...
  • Page 9 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index Chapter 2 Command Index The command index includes all the commands in the Command Manual, which are arranged alphabetically. A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X...
  • Page 10 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index aggregate MPLS L3VPN Commands anti-attack arp ARP Commands anti-attack arp aging-time ARP Commands anti-attack arp exclude-mac ARP Commands anti-attack arp threshold ARP Commands...
  • Page 11 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index ascii FTP and TFTP Commands attribute AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Commands authentication-mode OSPF Commands authentication-mode Login and User Interface Commands auto config Cluster Management...
  • Page 12 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index MPLS VLL Commands SSH Commands 1-25 FTP and TFTP Commands File System Management Commands cdup SSH Commands 1-25 cdup FTP and TFTP Commands...
  • Page 13 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index confederation nonstandard BGP Commands confederation peer-as BGP Commands connection MPLS VLL Commands 1-16 control-vlan RRPP Commands copy File System Management Commands copy configuration...
  • Page 14 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index debugging bgp mp-update MBGP Commands debugging dhcp relay DHCP Commands 1-32 debugging dhcp server DHCP Commands debugging dhcp-snooping DHCP Commands 1-46 debugging dldp...
  • Page 15 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index debugging multicast forwarding Common Multicast Configuration Commands debugging multicast kernel-routing Common Multicast Configuration Commands debugging multicast status-forwarding Common Multicast Configuration Commands debugging ndp packet...
  • Page 16 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index debugging vrrp VRRP Commands default cost RIP Commands default cost OSPF Commands default interval OSPF Commands default limit OSPF Commands default local-preference BGP Commands...
  • Page 17 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index Description Smart Link and Monitor Link Commands destination-ip NQA Commands dhcp enable DHCP Commands dhcp relay information enable DHCP Commands 1-42 dhcp relay information format...
  • Page 18 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index dhcp-snooping information strategy DHCP Commands 1-55 dhcp-snooping security check enable DHCP Commands 1-56 dhcp-snooping trust DHCP Commands 1-57 SSH Commands 1-26 FTP and TFTP...
  • Page 19 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index display bgp multicast routing-table MBGP Commands community-list display bgp multicast routing-table MBGP Commands different-origin-as display bgp multicast routing-table peer MBGP Commands display bgp multicast routing-table...
  • Page 20 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index display clock priority Clock Module Commands 1-14 display clock self-test-result Clock Module Commands 1-13 display clock source Clock Module Commands 1-12 display clock ssm-level...
  • Page 21 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index display dns domain DNS Commands display dns dynamic-host DNS Commands display dns server DNS Commands display domain AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Commands display dot1x 802.1x Commands...
  • Page 22 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index display hvrp local-vlan HVRP Commands display hvrp port-vlan HVRP Commands display hvrp verbose HVRP Commands display hwtacacs AAA RADIUS 1-55 HWTACACS Commands display icmp statistics...
  • Page 23 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index display ip routing-table ip-address Static Route Commands display ip routing-table ip-address1 Static Route Commands ip-address2 display ip routing-table ip-prefix Static Route Commands display ip routing-table protocol...
  • Page 24 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index display link-aggregation summary Link Aggregation Configuration Commands display link-aggregation verbose Link Aggregation Configuration Commands display local-server AAA RADIUS 1-26 HWTACACS Commands display local-user...
  • Page 25 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index display mpls lsp MPLS Commands display mpls oam egress MPLS OAM Commands display mpls oam egress receive-packet MPLS OAM Commands 1-15 display mpls oam egress send-packet...
  • Page 26 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index display ndp Cluster Management Commands display nqa NQA Commands display ntp-service sessions NTP Commands display ntp-service status NTP Commands display ntp-service trace NTP Commands...
  • Page 27 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index display pim interface PIM Commands display pim neighbor PIM Commands 1-10 display pim routing-table PIM Commands 1-11 display pim rp-info PIM Commands 1-12...
  • Page 28 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index display qos-interface traffic-statistic QoS Commands 1-11 display qos-vlan all QoS Commands display qos-vlan traffic-limit QoS Commands display qos-vlan traffic-priority QoS Commands display qos-vlan traffic-redirect...
  • Page 29 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index display rpr tunnel-track RPR Commands display rpr vrrp RPR Commands display rrpp brief RRPP Commands display rrpp statistics RRPP Commands display rrpp verbose...
  • Page 30 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index display tcp statistics IP Performance 1-10 Commands display tcp status IP Performance 1-13 Commands display this Configuration File Management Commands display time-range ACL Commands...
  • Page 31 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index display vsi MPLS VPLS Commands display wred QoS Commands 1-12 display xbar HA Commands dldp DLDP Commands dldp authentication-mode DLDP Commands dldp interval...
  • Page 32 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index enable NetStream Commands enable snmp trap updown SNMP Commands encapsulation MPLS VPLS Commands 1-10 execute File System Management Commands exit SSH Commands 1-27...
  • Page 33 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index flag POS Port Configuration Commands flag RPR Commands 1-25 flow port Cluster Management 1-31 Commands flow-control Ethernet Port Commands 1-17 flow-control Login and User Interface...
  • Page 34 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index FTP and TFTP 1-13 Commands global-acl maximum slot QoS Commands graceful-restart OSPF Commands 1-36 graceful-restart ISIS Commands 1-14 graceful-restart interval ISIS Commands 1-15...
  • Page 35 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index idle-timeout Login and User Interface 1-12 Commands ids-acl IDS Linkage Commands if-match { acl | ip-prefix } Routing Policy Commands 1-13 if-match as-path...
  • Page 36 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index igmp-snooping IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands igmp-snooping 10ge-non-flooding enable slot IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands igmp-snooping fast-leave IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands igmp-snooping general-query source-ip IGMP Snooping...
  • Page 37 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index import-route-limit OSPF Commands 1-38 import-source MSDP Commands info-center channel name Information Center Commands info-center console channel Information Center Commands info-center enable Information Center...
  • Page 38 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index ip host DNS Commands ip http shutdown Protocol Port Security Commands ip icmp-time-exceed enable IP Performance 1-15 Commands ip ip-prefix Routing Policy Commands...
  • Page 39 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index isis authentication-mode ISIS Commands 1-20 isis circuit-level ISIS Commands 1-21 isis cost ISIS Commands 1-22 isis dis-priority ISIS Commands 1-23 isis enable ISIS Commands...
  • Page 40 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index lacp timer slow Link Aggregation 1-11 Configuration Commands language-mode Login and User Interface 1-14 Commands lanswitch Cluster Management Commands FTP and TFTP 1-13...
  • Page 41 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index log-peer-change ISIS Commands 1-32 log-peer-change BGP Commands 1-33 loop port Cluster Management 1-22 Commands loopback Ethernet Port Commands 1-21 loopback POS Port Configuration...
  • Page 42 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index mac-limit MAC Address Table Management Commands mac-table limit MPLS VPLS Commands 1-14 md5-compatible ISIS Commands 1-33 Ethernet Port Commands 1-21 mirrored-to QoS Commands...
  • Page 43 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index mpls l2vpn encapsulation MPLS VLL Commands 1-20 mpls ldp MPLS Commands 1-21 mpls ldp enable MPLS Commands 1-21 mpls ldp hops-count MPLS Commands...
  • Page 44 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index multicast-suppression Ethernet Port Commands 1-22 multicast-suppression Common Multicast 1-11 Configuration Commands multicast-vlan enable Multicast VLAN Commands multicast-vlan subvlan Multicast VLAN Commands name VLAN Commands...
  • Page 45 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index network RIP Commands network OSPF Commands 1-39 network BGP Commands 1-33 network MBGP Commands 1-14 network MPLS L3VPN Commands 1-23 network Traffic Accounting...
  • Page 46 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index oam ethernet errored-frame-seconds Ethernet OAM Commands 1-22 threshold oam ethernet errored-symbol period Ethernet OAM Commands 1-23 oam ethernet errored-symbol threshold Ethernet OAM Commands...
  • Page 47 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index Parameters Smart Link and Monitor Link Commands parity Login and User Interface 1-17 Commands parser cache System Maintenance and 1-21 Debugging Commands passive...
  • Page 48 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index peer connect-interface MPLS L3VPN Commands 1-29 peer default-route-advertise BGP Commands 1-38 peer default-route-advertise MPLS L3VPN Commands 1-30 peer default-route-advertise vpn-instance MPLS L3VPN Commands...
  • Page 49 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index peer next-hop-local MPLS L3VPN Commands 1-38 peer password BGP Commands 1-47 peer password MPLS L3VPN Commands 1-39 peer public-as-only BGP Commands 1-48 peer public-as-only...
  • Page 50 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index pim dm PIM Commands 1-15 pim neighbor-limit PIM Commands 1-16 pim neighbor-policy PIM Commands 1-16 pim sm PIM Commands 1-17 pim timer hello...
  • Page 51 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index port link-aggregation group Link Aggregation 1-15 Configuration Commands port link-aggregation group RPR Commands port link-type Ethernet Port Commands 1-26 port monitor-link group Smart Link and Monitor...
  • Page 52 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index preference ISIS Commands 1-34 preference BGP Commands 1-54 preference MBGP Commands 1-27 preference MPLS L3VPN Commands 1-49 primary accounting AAA RADIUS 1-35 HWTACACS Commands...
  • Page 53 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index qos enable QoS Commands qos queue-statistics inbound Packet Statistics Accounting Commands qos queue-statistics outbound Packet Statistics Accounting Commands qos token QoS Commands query active-configuration...
  • Page 54 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index query vlanstate Cluster Management 1-47 Commands queue QoS Commands 1-28 queue-scheduler QoS Commands 1-29 queue-scheduler wrr QoS Commands quick-ping enable System Maintenance and...
  • Page 55 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index remove SSH Commands 1-31 rename SSH Commands 1-31 rename File System Management 1-10 Commands reset RIP Commands reset acl counter ACL Commands 1-12...
  • Page 56 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index reset lanswitch Cluster Management 1-17 Commands reset logbuffer Information Center 1-23 Commands reset mac-address MAC Address Table 1-10 Management Commands reset mac-address multicast...
  • Page 57 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index reset rrpp statistics RRPP Commands reset saved-configuration Configuration File Management Commands reset smart-link packets counter Smart Link and Monitor 1-12 Link Commands reset stop-accounting-buffer...
  • Page 58 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index rip split-horizon RIP Commands 1-15 rip version RIP Commands 1-15 rip work RIP Commands 1-16 rmdir SSH Commands 1-32 rmdir FTP and TFTP...
  • Page 59 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index rpr station-mac RPR Commands 1-37 rpr station-name RPR Commands 1-37 rpr timer RPR Commands 1-38 rpr tunnel track RPR Commands rpr tunnel vlan...
  • Page 60 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index secondary accounting AAA RADIUS 1-44 HWTACACS Commands secondary accounting AAA RADIUS 1-65 HWTACACS Commands secondary authentication AAA RADIUS 1-45 HWTACACS Commands secondary authentication...
  • Page 61 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index set ip address Cluster Management 1-24 Commands set lanswitch Cluster Management 1-18 Commands set link-aggregation Cluster Management 1-52 Commands set loop-test Cluster Management...
  • Page 62 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index sham-link MPLS L3VPN Commands 1-56 share descriptors QoS Commands 1-32 shell Login and User Interface 1-23 Commands shutdown Ethernet Port Commands 1-30 shutdown...
  • Page 63 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index snmp-agent trap life SNMP Commands 1-19 snmp-agent trap queue-size SNMP Commands 1-19 snmp-agent trap source SNMP Commands 1-20 snmp-agent usm-user QoS Commands snmp-agent usm-user...
  • Page 64 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index startup saved-configuration Configuration File 1-10 Management Commands state AAA RADIUS 1-21 HWTACACS Commands state AAA RADIUS 1-47 HWTACACS Commands static-bind ip-address DHCP Commands...
  • Page 65 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index stp interface point-to-point MSTP Commands 1-30 stp interface root-protection MSTP Commands 1-31 stp interface transmit-limit MSTP Commands 1-32 stp loop-detection MSTP Commands 1-33...
  • Page 66 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index super password authentication-mode Command Line Interface Commands supervlan VLAN Commands sysname Login and User Interface 1-26 Commands sysname System Maintenance and Debugging Commands...
  • Page 67 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index timer RRPP Commands 1-16 timer BGP Commands 1-59 timer MPLS L3VPN Commands 1-53 timer hold POS Port Configuration 1-15 Commands timer lsp-generation ISIS Commands...
  • Page 68 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index traffic-limit QoS Commands traffic-limit QoS Commands traffic-limit QoS Commands traffic-limit QoS Commands traffic-params QoS Commands traffic-priority QoS Commands 1-35 traffic-priority QoS Commands 5-12...
  • Page 69 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index update l3plus Device Management 1-11 Commands upgrade lanswitch Cluster Management 1-21 Commands urpf enable URPF Commands user FTP and TFTP 1-19 Commands user privilege level...
  • Page 70 Command Manual – Feature List and Command Index H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Command Index vpn-target MPLS L3VPN Commands 1-61 vrrp log-state VRRP Commands vrrp method VRRP Commands vrrp ping-enable VRRP Commands vrrp un-check ttl VRRP Commands 1-10...
  • Page 71 Command Manual H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Access Volume Organization Manual Version T2-08194S-20081225-C-1.24 Product Version S9500-CMW310-R1648 Organization The Access Volume is organized as follows: Features (command Description manual) Ethernet Port Introduces the commands for ethernet port configuration. POS Port Introduces the commands for POS port configuration.
  • Page 72 Command Manual – Ethernet Port H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration Commands..............1-1 1.1 Ethernet Port Configuration Commands................1-1 1.1.1 broadcast-suppression.................... 1-1 1.1.2 copy configuration ....................1-2 1.1.3 description ....................... 1-3 1.1.4 display counters ......................
  • Page 73 Command Manual – Ethernet Port Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration Commands 1.1 Ethernet Port Configuration Commands 1.1.1 broadcast-suppression Syntax broadcast-suppression { ratio | bandwidth bandwidth } undo broadcast-suppression View...
  • Page 74 Command Manual – Ethernet Port Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Caution: You cannot enable both broadcast suppression and multicast suppression on the same card. Namely, once you have enabled broadcast suppression on some ports of a card, you cannot enable multicast suppression on the other ports of the card, and vice versa.
  • Page 75 Command Manual – Ethernet Port Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands interface-list: Destination port list. You can specify individual ports and port ranges in the list, but the total number of them cannot exceed 10. Specify an individual port in the form of interface-type interface-number where interface-type is the port type and interface-number is the port number.
  • Page 76 Command Manual – Ethernet Port Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Examples # Configure the description character string of Ethernet port Ethernet 2/1/1 as lanswitch-interface. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.
  • Page 77 Command Manual – Ethernet Port Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands OverFlow :more than 14 decimal digits(7 digits for column "Err"). :not supported. Note: Statistic values are comma-separated decimal numbers. For the Total, BroadCast and MultiCast items, decimal numbers of 14 digits can be displayed at most, and those of more than 14 digits are indicated with “OverFlow”.
  • Page 78 Command Manual – Ethernet Port Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Media type is twisted pair, loopback not set Port hardware type is 100_BASE_TX 100Mbps-speed mode, full-duplex mode Link speed type is autonegotiation, link duplex type is autonegotiation...
  • Page 79 Command Manual – Ethernet Port Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Field Description Port hardware type Port hardware type Both the duplex mode and the rate are 100 Mbps-speed mode, full-duplex mode set to auto-negotiation. The rate of 100...
  • Page 80 Command Manual – Ethernet Port Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands 1.1.6 display jumboframe configuration Syntax display jumboframe configuration View Any view Parameters None Description Use the display jumboframe configuration command to view the Jumbo frame configuration on all cards.
  • Page 81 Command Manual – Ethernet Port Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Examples # Display hybrid ports. <H3C> display port hybrid Interface VLAN passing: Ethernet3/1/1 Tagged : 3, 5, 7, 9, 11 Untagged: 1-2, 4, 6,...
  • Page 82 H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Examples # Display the current alarm information of the pluggable transceiver in interface GigabitEthernet 1/1/1. <H3C> display transceiver alarm interface GigabitEthernet 1/1/1 GigabitEthernet1/1/1 transceiver current alarm information: TX fault PCS receive local fault Laser temperature fault The following table describes the output that the display transceiver alarm command may display.
  • Page 83 Command Manual – Ethernet Port Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Field Remarks TX CDR loss of lock Transmit clock cannot be recovered. Module not ready Module is not ready. APD supply fault Avalanche photo diode (APD) supply fault...
  • Page 84 Note: The diagnosis information is available only for H3C customized anti-spoofing transceivers. Examples # Display the currently measured values of the digital diagnosis parameters for the optical transceiver plugged in interface GigabitEthernet 1/1/1.
  • Page 85 Command Manual – Ethernet Port Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Note: N/A is displayed for parameters not supported on the device. 1.1.10 display transceiver interface Syntax display transceiver interface [ interface-type interface-number ] View...
  • Page 86 Indicates support for digital diagnosis, YES for supported and Monitoring NO for not supported. Module vendor For an H3C customized anti-spoofing transceiver: the Vendor Name vendor name in the RFID of the module is displayed. For other transceivers: The original vendor names on the modules are displayed.
  • Page 87 : H3C Table 1-5 Description on the fields of display transceiver manuinfo interface Field Description Serial number generated for an H3C customized optical Manu. Serial Number transceiver during transceiver debugging and testing. The information is stored in the RFID. Manufacturing Date Debugging and testing date.
  • Page 88 Command Manual – Ethernet Port Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Use the undo duplex command to restore the default. By default, an Ethernet port operates in auto-negotiation mode. Related commands: speed. Examples # Configure Ethernet 2/1/1 to operate in auto-negotiation mode.
  • Page 89 Command Manual – Ethernet Port Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Examples # Set the overhead field j0 for the 10 GE WAN port GigabitEthernet 4/2/1. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.
  • Page 90 Command Manual – Ethernet Port Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands View Ethernet port view Parameters interval: Interval of performing statistics on ports in seconds, in the range of 5 to 300. Description Use the flow interval command to set the interval for collecting statistics on ports. The switch collects the statistics about the average speed during the interval.
  • Page 91 Command Manual – Ethernet Port Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands to 12, 20, or 48, depending on the service board type. M-Ethernet is used to update and maintain. It ranges from 0/0/0. Description Use the interface command to enter various types of Ethernet port views.
  • Page 92 Command Manual – Ethernet Port Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Note: The system supports discrete values of Jumbo frame size ranging from 1,552 to 10,240. However, effective Jumbo frame values fall into several sections: the effective Jumbo frame sizes for the 1,552-9,022 section are 1,552 and 9,022, that for the 9,023-9,192 section is 9,192, and that for the 9,193-10,240 section is 10,240.
  • Page 93 Ethernet port view Parameters external: Places the Ethernet port in an external loopback. Currently, the Ethernet ports on the S9500 series do not support this mode. internal: Places the Ethernet port in an internal loopback. Description Use the loopback command to enable loopback on the Ethernet port.
  • Page 94 Command Manual – Ethernet Port Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Parameters across: Network cable type is cross-over cable. auto: Network cable will be recognized whether it is straight-through cable or cross-over cable. normal: Network cable of the port is straight-through cable.
  • Page 95 Command Manual – Ethernet Port Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands bandwidth: Specifies the maximum bandwidth for multicasts on the port. The value range is 1 to the maximum port bandwidth. Description Use the multicast-suppression command to enable multicast suppression. When doing this, you can set the percentage of total port bandwidth for multicasts or set the maximum port bandwidth for multicasts.
  • Page 96 Command Manual – Ethernet Port Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands 1.1.22 port access vlan Syntax port access vlan vlan-id undo port access vlan View Ethernet port view Parameters vlan-id: VLAN ID defined in IEEE802.1Q, ranging from 2 to 4094.
  • Page 97 Command Manual – Ethernet Port Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Description Use the port hybrid pvid vlan command to configure the default VLAN ID of the local hybrid port. Use the undo port hybrid pvid command to restore the default VLAN ID of the local hybrid port.
  • Page 98 # Assign hybrid port Ethernet 2/1/1 to VLANs 2, 4, and 50 through 100 in tagged mode. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] interface ethernet2/1/1 [H3C-Ethernet2/1/1] port hybrid vlan 2 4 50 to 100 tagged 1.1.25 port link-type Syntax port link-type { access | hybrid | trunk }...
  • Page 99 Command Manual – Ethernet Port Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands 1.1.26 port-mode Syntax port-mode { wan | lan } undo port-mode View Ethernet port view Parameters wan: Configures the port to work in WAN mode. Use this mode for connecting to an SDH network.
  • Page 100 # Remove the trunk port from the default VLAN. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] interface Ethernet2/1/1 [H3C-Ethernet2/1/1] undo port trunk permit vlan 1 # Assign the trunk port to all VLANs. [H3C-Ethernet2/1/1] port trunk permit vlan all 1.1.28 port trunk pvid vlan...
  • Page 101 Command Manual – Ethernet Port Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Description Use the port trunk pvid vlan command to configure the default VLAN ID of the trunk port. Use the undo port trunk pvid command to restore the default.
  • Page 102 Command Manual – Ethernet Port Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands 1.1.30 shutdown Syntax shutdown undo shutdown View Ethernet port view Parameters None Description Use the shutdown command to disable the Ethernet port. Use the undo shutdown command to enable the Ethernet port.
  • Page 103 Command Manual – Ethernet Port Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Description Use the speed command to configure the port speed. Use the undo speed command to restore the default speed. The optional parameters of this command are determined by the port types and duplex modes.
  • Page 104 Command Manual – Ethernet Port Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands 1.1.33 vlan-vpn enable Syntax vlan-vpn enable undo vlan-vpn View Ethernet port view Parameters None Description Use the vlan-vpn enable command to enable VLAN VPN on the port.
  • Page 105 Command Manual – POS Port Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 POS Port Configuration Commands................1-1 1.1 POS Port Configuration Commands.................. 1-1 1.1.1 clock ........................1-1 1.1.2 crc..........................1-1 1.1.3 description ....................... 1-2 1.1.4 debugging ppp......................
  • Page 106 Command Manual – POS Port Configuration Chapter 1 POS Port Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Chapter 1 POS Port Configuration Commands 1.1 POS Port Configuration Commands 1.1.1 clock Syntax clock { master | slave } undo clock View...
  • Page 107 Command Manual – POS Port Configuration Chapter 1 POS Port Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Parameters 16: CRC check bit is 16 bits. 32: CRC check bit is 32 bits. Description Use the crc command to define CRC check bit length on the POS port.
  • Page 108 Command Manual – POS Port Configuration Chapter 1 POS Port Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Examples # Set the description string of POS 2/1/1 to POS-Interface. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] interface pos2/1/1 [H3C-Pos2/1/1] description POS-Interface 1.1.4 debugging ppp...
  • Page 109 Command Manual – POS Port Configuration Chapter 1 POS Port Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Description Use the debugging ppp command to enable debugging for POS globally or for the specified POS port. Use the undo debugging ppp command to disable debugging for POS.
  • Page 110 Command Manual – POS Port Configuration Chapter 1 POS Port Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Access VLAN of POS port is 2004 Link layer protocol is PPP LCP opened, IPCP opened, OSICP opened, MPLSCP opened Hold timer is: 10 sec...
  • Page 111 Command Manual – POS Port Configuration Chapter 1 POS Port Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Field Description The Maximum Transmit Unit Port hardware type Port hardware type Link layer protocol Link layer protocol LCP opened, IPCP opened, OSICP opened,...
  • Page 112 Command Manual – POS Port Configuration Chapter 1 POS Port Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands 1.1.6 flag Syntax flag c2 flag-value undo flag c2 flag { j0 | j1 } { sdh | sonet } flag-value undo flag { j0 | j1 } { sdh | sonet }...
  • Page 113 Command Manual – POS Port Configuration Chapter 1 POS Port Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands [H3C-Pos2/1/1] flag j0 sdh ff 1.1.7 flow-interval Syntax flow-interval interval undo flow-interval View POS port view Parameters interval: Interval of collecting statistics on ports in seconds. This argument is 300 by default.
  • Page 114 Command Manual – POS Port Configuration Chapter 1 POS Port Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Parameters sdh: Specifies the frame format to be SDH. sonet: Specifies the frame format to be SONET. Description Use the frame-format command to set frame format for a POS port.
  • Page 115 Command Manual – POS Port Configuration Chapter 1 POS Port Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands 1.1.10 loopback Syntax loopback { internal | external } undo loopback View POS port view Parameters internal: Enables internal loopback on the POS port.
  • Page 116 Command Manual – POS Port Configuration Chapter 1 POS Port Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Description Use the mtu command to set the MTU of the POS port. In case the local MTU setting is different from the remote MTU setting, re-enable the POS port with the shutdown command and then the undo shutdown command to have it re-negotiate link settings with the remote POS port.
  • Page 117 Command Manual – POS Port Configuration Chapter 1 POS Port Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands <H3C> system-view System view: return to User view with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] interface pos2/1/1 [H3C-Pos2/1/1] pos access vlan 3 1.1.13 ppp timer negotiate Syntax...
  • Page 118 Command Manual – POS Port Configuration Chapter 1 POS Port Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands (for S9505), or 0 to 3 and 6 to 9 (for S9508), or 0 to 5 and 8 to 13 (for S9512); daughter card slot ID refers to the ID of the slot for daughter, with the value of 1;...
  • Page 119 Command Manual – POS Port Configuration Chapter 1 POS Port Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands undo shutdown View POS port view Parameters None Description Use the shutdown command to shut down the POS port. Use the undo shutdown command to bring the POS port up.
  • Page 120 Command Manual – POS Port Configuration Chapter 1 POS Port Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands <H3C> system-view System view: return to User view with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] interface pos2/1/1 [H3C-Pos2/1/1] threshold sd 4 1.1.18 timer hold Syntax timer hold seconds...
  • Page 121 Command Manual – Link Aggregation Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration Commands............1-1 1.1 Link Aggregation Configuration Commands..............1-1 1.1.1 debugging lacp packet .................... 1-1 1.1.2 debugging lacp state ....................1-1 1.1.3 debugging link-aggregation error ................
  • Page 122 Command Manual – Link Aggregation Configuration Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration Commands 1.1 Link Aggregation Configuration Commands 1.1.1 debugging lacp packet Syntax debugging lacp packet [ interface interface-type interface-number [ to interface-type...
  • Page 123 Command Manual – Link Aggregation Configuration Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands undo debugging lacp state [ interface interface-type interface-number [ to interface-type interface-number ] ] { { actor-churn | mux | partner-churn | ptx | rx } * |...
  • Page 124 Command Manual – Link Aggregation Configuration Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Description Use the debugging link-aggregation error command to enable link aggregation error debugging. Use the undo debugging link-aggregation error command to disable link aggregation error debugging.
  • Page 125 Command Manual – Link Aggregation Configuration Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Parameters None Description Use the display lacp system-id command to display the device ID of local system, including system priority and system MAC address.
  • Page 126 Command Manual – Link Aggregation Configuration Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands 1.1.7 display link-aggregation interface Syntax display link-aggregation interface interface-type interface-number [ to interface-type interface-number ] View Any view Parameters interface { interface-type interface-number [ to interface-type interface-number ]: interface-type specifies port type and interface-number specifies port number.
  • Page 127 Command Manual – Link Aggregation Configuration Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Table 1-2 Description on the fields of the display link-aggregation interface command Field Description Attached AggID Aggregation group ID for the specified port...
  • Page 128 Command Manual – Link Aggregation Configuration Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Type Ports Ports Type Port -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------ none Shar GigabitEthernet3/1/1 none Shar Ethernet4/1/45 Table 1-3 Description on the fields of the display link-aggregation summary...
  • Page 129 Command Manual – Link Aggregation Configuration Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Note that since the manual aggregation group cannot get the information of the peer end, every item of the peer end is displayed as 0, which does not indicate the actual status of the peer system.
  • Page 130 Command Manual – Link Aggregation Configuration Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Field Description Remote: Detailed information about the peer device, including local port, peer port index, port Actor Partner Priority Flag Oper-key priority, flag, operation key and device ID SystemID 1.1.10 lacp enable...
  • Page 131 Command Manual – Link Aggregation Configuration Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Description Use the lacp port-priority command to configure port priority. Use the undo lacp port-priority command to restore the default port priority. Related commands: display link-aggregation verbose, display link-aggregation interface.
  • Page 132 Command Manual – Link Aggregation Configuration Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands 1.1.13 lacp timer slow Syntax lacp timer slow interval undo lacp timer slow View System view Parameters interval: Slow period timer value (in seconds), in the range of 1 to 30. The default is 30.
  • Page 133 Command Manual – Link Aggregation Configuration Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Note: After a port is added to an aggregation group, the ARP configuration of the port will be lost. Related commands: link-aggregation group mode, port link-aggregation group.
  • Page 134 Command Manual – Link Aggregation Configuration Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Examples # Enable aggregation resource extension. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] link-aggregation extend # Remove aggregation resource extension configuration.
  • Page 135 Command Manual – Link Aggregation Configuration Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands 1.1.17 link-aggregation group mode Syntax link-aggregation group agg-id mode { manual | static } undo link-aggregation group agg-id View System view Parameters agg-id: Aggregation group ID, in the range of 1 to 31. IDs At present, you can configure the static and dynamic aggregation groups only.
  • Page 136 Command Manual – Link Aggregation Configuration Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands 1.1.18 port link-aggregation group Syntax port link-aggregation group agg-id undo port link-aggregation group View Ethernet port view Parameters agg-id: Aggregation group ID, in the range of 1 to 31. IDs At present, you can add the static and dynamic aggregation groups only.
  • Page 137 Command Manual – Link Aggregation Configuration Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands specify a port with the first interface-type interface-number or specify a port range with the interface-type interface-number to interface-type interface-number where the end port must be greater than the start port.
  • Page 138 Command Manual – Port Isolation H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Port Isolation Configuration Commands ..............1-1 1.1 Port Isolation Configuration Commands................1-1 1.1.1 display port-isolate group ..................1-1 1.1.2 port-isolate group (system view) ................1-2 1.1.3 port-isolate group (port view) ..................
  • Page 139 Command Manual – Port Isolation H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Port Isolation Configuration Commands Chapter 1 Port Isolation Configuration Commands Caution: LSB1XP4CA0 and LSB1XP4B0 LPUs do not support port isolation. 1.1 Port Isolation Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display port-isolate group...
  • Page 140 Command Manual – Port Isolation H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Port Isolation Configuration Commands Uplink-port: Ethernet3/1/4 Isolate-Port(s): Ethernet3/1/5, Ethernet3/1/6 1.1.2 port-isolate group (system view) Syntax port-isolate group isolate-group-id undo port-isolate group isolate-group-id View System view Parameters isolate-group-id: ID of an isolation group, in the range 1 to 64. Up to 64 isolation groups can be created.
  • Page 141 Command Manual – Port Isolation H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Port Isolation Configuration Commands Description Use the port-isolate group command to assign the current port to an isolation group as an isolated port. Use the undo port-isolate group command to remove the current port from an isolation group.
  • Page 142 Command Manual – Port Isolation H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Port Isolation Configuration Commands Before configuring the port-isolate uplink-port group command, make sure the isolation group identified by the isolate-group-id argument already exists. The uplink port in an isolation group can be a member port of a link aggregation group that is neither static nor dynamic.
  • Page 143 Command Manual – VLAN H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands................1-1 1.1 VLAN Configuration Commands..................1-1 1.1.1 description ....................... 1-1 1.1.2 display interface vlan-interface................1-1 1.1.3 display vlan......................1-3 1.1.4 interface vlan-interface.................... 1-4 1.1.5 name ........................
  • Page 144 Command Manual – VLAN H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands 1.1 VLAN Configuration Commands 1.1.1 description Syntax description string undo description View VLAN view, VLAN interface view Parameters string: Description character string of current VLAN or VLAN interface. The character string contains 1 to 64 characters.
  • Page 145 Command Manual – VLAN H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands Parameters vlan-id: Specifies VLAN ID. Description Use the display interface vlan-interface command to view the related information about specified or all VLAN interfaces, including physical protocol status and link protocol status of VLAN interface, Ethernet sending frame format, MAC address, IP address and sub-net mask, description character string and MTU, etc.
  • Page 146 Command Manual – VLAN H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands 1.1.3 display vlan Syntax display vlan [ vlan-id to vlan-id | all | static | dynamic ] View Any view Parameters vlan-id: Displays information of the specified VLAN.
  • Page 147 Command Manual – VLAN H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands Table 1-2 Description on the fields of the display vlan 2 command Field Description VLAN ID VLAN ID VLAN Type Configuration type of VLAN: either dynamic or static...
  • Page 148 Command Manual – VLAN H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands undo name View VLAN view Parameters string: Name of the current VLAN, a string of 1 to 32 characters. The default value is the VLAN ID of the VLAN.
  • Page 149 If only one VLAN is created, the system will automatically enter the view of the VLAN just created. Related commands: display vlan. Examples # Create VLANs 5, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 400, 1002, 1003, 1004, and 2000. <H3C> system-view [H3C] vlan 5 20 to 24 400 1002 to 1004 2000...
  • Page 150 Command Manual – VLAN H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands Caution: VLAN 1 is the system-default VLAN and cannot be removed. A VLAN that contains a VLAN VPN-enabled port cannot be removed. A Guest VLAN cannot be removed.
  • Page 151 Command Manual – VLAN H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands 1.3 Protocol-Based VLAN Configuration Commands 1.3.1 display protocol-vlan interface Syntax display protocol-vlan interface { interface-list | all } View Any view Parameters interface-list: Ethernet port list. You can specify a port in the list in the form of interface-type interface-number where interface-type is the port type and interface-number is the port number.
  • Page 152 Command Manual – VLAN H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands 1.3.2 display protocol-vlan vlan Syntax display protocol-vlan vlan { vlan-list | all } View Any view Parameters vlan-list: VLAN list. You can specify a VLAN in the list by its ID. Alternatively, you can specify a VLAN range in the form of vlan-id to vlan-id where the end VLAN must be greater than the start port.
  • Page 153 # Apply protocols numbered 4 through 7 in VLAN 3 to Ethernet 1/1/1. <H3C> system-view [H3C] interface ethernet 1/1/1 [H3C-Ethernet1/1/1] port hybrid protocol-vlan vlan 3 4 to 7 1.3.4 protocol-vlan Syntax protocol-vlan [ protocol-index ] { at | ip | ipx { ethernetii | llc | raw | snap } | mode...
  • Page 154 Command Manual – VLAN H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands View VLAN view Parameters protocol-index: Start protocol index. It must be less than the value specified by protocol-end. protocol-end: End protocol index. at: AppleTalk protocol-based VLAN. The encapsulation formats include EthernetII and SNAP, and the Ethernet type is 0x809B.
  • Page 155 Command Manual – VLAN H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands Examples # Configure AppleTalk-based VLAN 5. <H3C> system-view [H3C] vlan 5 [H3C-vlan5] protocol-vlan at 1.4 IP Subnet-Based VLAN Configuration Commands 1.4.1 display ip-subnet-vlan interface Syntax display ip-subnet-vlan interface { interface-list | all }...
  • Page 156 When configuring an IP subnet-based VLAN, you can perform the command to make IP subnet add/removal decisions for the VLAN. Example # Display the IP subnet information of VLAN 10 and VLAN 11. <H3C> display ip-subnet-vlan vlan 10 to 11 VLAN ID: 10 VLAN Type: IP-based VLAN Index...
  • Page 157 Command Manual – VLAN H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands IPv4 1.2.7.0 255.255.255.0 IPv4 1.2.8.0 255.255.255.0 IPv4 1.2.9.0 255.255.255.0 IPv4 1.2.10.0 255.255.255.0 VLAN ID: 11 VLAN Type: IP-based VLAN Index Type Value IPv4 2.2.7.0 255.255.255.0 IPv4 2.2.8.0 255.255.255.0...
  • Page 158 Command Manual – VLAN H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands Examples # Assign IP subnet 192.168.1.0/24 to VLAN 5. [H3C-vlan5] ip-subnet-vlan ip 192.168.1.0 24 1.4.4 port hybrid ip-subnet-vlan vlan Syntax port hybrid ip-subnet-vlan vlan vlan-id undo port hybrid ip-subnet-vlan vlan vlan-id...
  • Page 159 Command Manual – VLAN Chapter 2 Super VLAN Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Chapter 2 Super VLAN Configuration Commands 2.1 Super VLAN Configuration Commands 2.1.1 display supervlan Syntax display supervlan [ supervlan-id ] View Any view Parameters supervlan-id: VLAN ID of a configured super VLAN. This argument ranges from 1 to 4094.
  • Page 160 Command Manual – VLAN Chapter 2 Super VLAN Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Name: VLAN 0002 Tagged Ports: none Untagged Ports: none <H3C> display vlan 3 VLAN ID: 3 VLAN Type: static It is a Sub VLAN. And the Super VLAN is VLAN 2 ARP proxy enabled.
  • Page 161 Command Manual – VLAN Chapter 2 Super VLAN Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands View VLAN view of super VLAN Parameters sub-vlan-list: List of sub VLANs. It is expressed in the form of sub-vlan-list = { vlan-id [ to vlan-id }&<1-10>. The vlan-id after the keyword to must be greater than or equal to that before to.
  • Page 162 Command Manual – VLAN Chapter 2 Super VLAN Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Parameters None Description Use the supervlan command to configure a VLAN as a super VLAN. Use the undo supervlan command to cancel the configuration. By default, no type is configured for a VLAN.
  • Page 163 Command Manual – VLAN Chapter 3 Isolate-User-VLAN Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Chapter 3 Isolate-User-VLAN Configuration Commands 3.1 Isolate-User-VLAN Configuration Commands 3.1.1 display isolate-user-vlan Syntax display isolate-user-vlan [ isolate-user-vlan-num ] View Any view Parameters isolate-user-vlan-num: VLAN ID of an isolate-user-VLAN.
  • Page 164 Command Manual – VLAN Chapter 3 Isolate-User-VLAN Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands VLAN ID: 3 VLAN Type: static Isolate-user-VLAN type : secondary Route Interface: not configured Description: VLAN 0003 Name: VLAN 0003 Tagged Ports: none Untagged Ports: Ethernet2/1/3...
  • Page 165 Command Manual – VLAN Chapter 3 Isolate-User-VLAN Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands 3.1.2 isolate-user-vlan Syntax isolate-user-vlan isolate-user-vlan-num secondary secondary-vlan-numlist undo isolate-user-vlan isolate-user-vlan-num [ secondary secondary-vlan-numlist ] View System view Parameters isolate-user-vlan-num: VLAN ID of an isolate-user-VLAN. secondary-vlan-numlist: List of secondary VLANs. You can specify individual VLANs and VLAN ranges in the list, but the total number of them cannot exceed 10.
  • Page 166 Chapter 3 Isolate-User-VLAN Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Examples # Associate isolate-user-VLAN 10 with secondary VLANs 2, 3, 4, 5, and 9. [H3C] isolate-user-vlan 10 secondary 2 to 5 9 3.1.3 isolate-user-vlan enable Syntax isolate-user-vlan enable undo isolate-user-vlan enable...
  • Page 167 Command Manual – MAC Address Table Management H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 MAC Address Table Management Commands ............1-1 1.1 MAC Address Table Management Commands ..............1-1 1.1.1 display mac-address ....................1-1 1.1.2 display mac-address aging-time ................
  • Page 168 Command Manual – MAC Address Table Management Chapter 1 MAC Address Table Management H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Chapter 1 MAC Address Table Management Commands Note: For details of the commands mac-address static vsi and display mac-address vsi, refer to the MPLS-VPLS Commands in the MPLS VPN Volume.
  • Page 169 Command Manual – MAC Address Table Management Chapter 1 MAC Address Table Management H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Related commands: mac-address, mac-address timer. Examples # Display the entry for MAC address 000f-e201-0101. <H3C> display mac-address 000f-e201-0101 MAC ADDR VLAN ID...
  • Page 170 Command Manual – MAC Address Table Management Chapter 1 MAC Address Table Management H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands 1.1.3 display mac-limit Syntax display mac-limit View Any view Parameters None Description Use the display mac-limit command to display the bindings between MAC addresses and aggregation groups.
  • Page 171 # Configure a static MAC address entry for MAC address 000f-e201-0101, setting its corresponding port to Ethernet 2/1/1. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] mac-address static 000f-e201-0101 interface ethernet 2/1/1 vlan 2 1.1.5 mac-address max-mac-count Syntax mac-address max-mac-count count...
  • Page 172 Command Manual – MAC Address Table Management Chapter 1 MAC Address Table Management H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Parameters count: Maximum number of MAC addresses learned by a port, ranging from 0 to 14,336, the value of 0 means that address learning is disabled.
  • Page 173 Command Manual – MAC Address Table Management Chapter 1 MAC Address Table Management H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands undo mac-address max-mac-count enable { alarm | forward } * View Ethernet port view Parameters None Description Use the mac-address max-mac-count enable { alarm | forward } * command to...
  • Page 174 Command Manual – MAC Address Table Management Chapter 1 MAC Address Table Management H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Note: The maximum number of MAC addresses of a board ranges from 12 K to 16 K depending on various software versions and board types.
  • Page 175 Command Manual – MAC Address Table Management Chapter 1 MAC Address Table Management H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Parameters max-mac-num: Maximum number of MAC addresses that can be learned in a VLAN. This argument ranges from 0 to 65535. Value of 0 disables MAC address learning.
  • Page 176 Command Manual – MAC Address Table Management Chapter 1 MAC Address Table Management H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Parameters aging age: Specifies the aging time (measured in seconds) of the Layer-2 dynamic address table entry, ranging from 10 to 630. By default, the aging time is 300 seconds.
  • Page 177 # Assign MAC address 0000-0000-0001 to aggregation group 1. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] mac-limit 0-0-1 restrict to group 1 1.1.10 reset mac-address Syntax reset mac-address { all | dynamic | static | interface { interface-type...
  • Page 178 Command Manual – MAC Address Table Management Chapter 1 MAC Address Table Management H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands View User view Parameters all: Clears all of the MAC address entries. dynamic: Clears all dynamic MAC address entries. static: Clears all static MAC address entries.
  • Page 179 Command Manual – MAC Address Table Management Chapter 1 MAC Address Table Management H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Examples # Set the source MAC address of Ethernet 3/1/1 to 000F-E201-0101 <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.
  • Page 180 Command Manual – MAC Address Table Management Chapter 2 Static Multicast MAC Address H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Group Configuration Commands Chapter 2 Static Multicast MAC Address Group Configuration Commands 2.1 Static Multicast MAC Address Group Configuration Commands 2.1.1 display mac-address multicast static...
  • Page 181 Command Manual – MAC Address Table Management Chapter 2 Static Multicast MAC Address H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Group Configuration Commands Table 2-1 Description on the fields of the display mac-address multicast static command Field Description MAC ADDR The destination MAC address...
  • Page 182 0100-5E01-0101, and add ports Ethernet 1/1/1 through Ethernet 1/1/5 which belong to VLAN 2 to the static multicast MAC address group. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] mac-address multicast 0100-5e01-0101 interface Ethernet 1/1/1 to Ethernet 1/1/5 vlan 2 2.1.3 reset mac-address multicast Syntax...
  • Page 183 Command Manual – GVRP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 GARP and GVRP Configuration Commands ............1-1 1.1 GARP Configuration Commands..................1-1 1.1.1 display garp statistics ....................1-1 1.1.2 display garp timer ....................1-2 1.1.3 garp timer ........................
  • Page 184 Command Manual – GVRP Chapter 1 GARP and GVRP Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Chapter 1 GARP and GVRP Configuration Commands 1.1 GARP Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display garp statistics Syntax display garp statistics [ interface interface-list ] View...
  • Page 185 Command Manual – GVRP Chapter 1 GARP and GVRP Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands 1.1.2 display garp timer Syntax display garp timer [ interface interface-list ] View Any view Parameters interface-list: List of Ethernet ports of which the GARP timer information is to be displayed, expressed as interface-list = { interface-type interface-number [ to interface-type interface-number ] }&<1-10>.
  • Page 186 Command Manual – GVRP Chapter 1 GARP and GVRP Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Parameters hold: GARP Hold timer. After receiving certain registration information, the GARP application entity will not send Join Message at once. Instead, it starts the Hold timer.
  • Page 187 Command Manual – GVRP Chapter 1 GARP and GVRP Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Examples # Set Join timer of GARP to 300 ms. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] interface ethernet 2/1/1 [H3C-Ethernet2/1/1] garp timer join 300 1.1.4 garp timer leaveall...
  • Page 188 Command Manual – GVRP Chapter 1 GARP and GVRP Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands 1.1.5 reset garp statistics Syntax reset garp statistics [ interface interface-list ] View User view Parameters interface-list: Specifies a list of Ethernet ports on which the GARP statistics information will be cleared, expressed as interface-list = { interface-type interface-number [ to interface-type interface-num] }&<1-10>.
  • Page 189 Command Manual – GVRP Chapter 1 GARP and GVRP Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands be larger than or equal to that before to. &<1-10> means that the preceding parameter can be repeated up to 10 times. Description Use the display gvrp statistics command to view the GVRP statistics information of all the Trunk ports, including GVRP status information, failed GVRP registration entries and the last GVRP data unit origin.
  • Page 190 Command Manual – GVRP Chapter 1 GARP and GVRP Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Description Use the display gvrp status command to view the global GVRP status information. Examples # Display the global status information about GVRP. <H3C> display gvrp status GVRP is enabled The above information means that the global GVRP is enabled.
  • Page 191 Command Manual – GVRP Chapter 1 GARP and GVRP Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands 1.2.4 gvrp registration Syntax gvrp registration { fixed | forbidden | normal } undo gvrp registration View Ethernet port view Parameters fixed: Enables to create or register VLAN on the port manually and disables to register or deregister VLAN dynamically.
  • Page 192 Command Manual – QinQ H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 QinQ Configuration Commands................. 1-1 1.1 QinQ Configuration Commands..................1-1 1.1.1 display atm vlan-vpn ....................1-1 1.1.2 display port vlan-vpn ....................1-2 1.1.3 traffic-redirect ......................1-2 1.1.4 traceuser .........................
  • Page 193 Command Manual – QinQ H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 QinQ Configuration Commands Chapter 1 QinQ Configuration Commands 1.1 QinQ Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display atm vlan-vpn Syntax display atm vlan-vpn [ interface atm interface-number [ pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci } ] ]...
  • Page 194 Command Manual – QinQ H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 QinQ Configuration Commands 1.1.2 display port vlan-vpn Syntax display port vlan-vpn View Any view Parameters None Description Use the display port vlan-vpn command to display in order the VLAN VPN-related configurations in the current system, including current TPID, the information about VLAN-VPN ports, and the information about VLAN-VPN uplink ports.
  • Page 195 Command Manual – QinQ H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 QinQ Configuration Commands II. Use the following command to deliver Layer 2 and Layer 3 traffic classification rules simultaneously. traffic-redirect inbound ip-group { acl-number | acl-name } rule rule link-group...
  • Page 196 Command Manual – QinQ H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 QinQ Configuration Commands the ACL name, a string that is of 1 to 32 characters in length. The string must begin with an English letter (that is, a-z or A-Z]) and cannot contain spaces or quotation marks.
  • Page 197 Command Manual – QinQ H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 QinQ Configuration Commands Note: Make sure the VLAN identified by the nested-vlanid argument exists to prevent otherwise the packets from being discarded due to no outbound port found. The traffic-redirect modified-vlan command modifies the outer VLAN tag of a packet.
  • Page 198 Command Manual – QinQ H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 QinQ Configuration Commands mac mac-address: Specifies the MAC address to be monitored. vlan vlan-id: Specifies the VLAN to be monitored by the VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094.
  • Page 199 Command Manual – QinQ H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 QinQ Configuration Commands With VLAN VPN enabled, a received packet is tagged with the default VLAN tag of the port no matter whether or not the packet carries a VLAN tag. Therefore, if the packet already carries a VLAN tag, it becomes a dual-tagged packet.
  • Page 200 Command Manual – QinQ H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 QinQ Configuration Commands Parameters value: TPID value to be set (in hexadecimal format). This argument ranges from 1 to 0xFFFF. Description Use the vlan-vpn tpid command to set the TPID value of the VLAN-VPN uplink ports.
  • Page 201 Command Manual – QinQ H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 QinQ Configuration Commands Parameters None Description Use the vlan-vpn tunnel command to enable VLAN-VPN tunneling. Use the undo vlan-vpn tunnel command to disable VLAN-VPN tunneling. VLAN-VPN tunneling enables customer networks in different geographic regions to transmit BPDU packets to each other transparently through the designated VLAN VPN over the operator network.
  • Page 202 Command Manual – QinQ H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 QinQ Configuration Commands Caution: At present, LSBM1XP4 and LSBM1TGX1 cards do not support this command. The vlan-vpn uplink enable command and the vlan-vpn enable command are mutually exclusive on the same port.
  • Page 203 Command Manual – Port Loopback Detection H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Port Loopback Detection Commands ............... 1-1 1.1 Port Detection Configuration Commands ................1-1 1.1.1 display loopback-detection..................1-1 1.1.2 loopback-detection control ..................1-2 1.1.3 loopback-detection disable..................
  • Page 204 Command Manual – Port Loopback Detection H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Port Loopback Detection Commands Chapter 1 Port Loopback Detection Commands 1.1 Port Detection Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display loopback-detection Syntax display loopback-detection View Ethernet port view Parameters None...
  • Page 205 Command Manual – Port Loopback Detection H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Port Loopback Detection Commands 1.1.2 loopback-detection control Syntax loopback-detection control undo loopback-detection control View Ethernet port view Parameters None Description Use the loopback-detection control command to configure the system to shut down the current port once the port is found in a loop in addition to sending a trap message.
  • Page 206 Command Manual – Port Loopback Detection H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Port Loopback Detection Commands Use the undo loopback-detection disable command to re-enable a port to send loopback detection packets. Note: After you use the loopback-detection disable command on a port, the port no longer sends loopback detection packets.
  • Page 207 Command Manual – Port Loopback Detection H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Port Loopback Detection Commands Examples # Enable the global port loopback detection function. <H3C> system-view [H3C] loopback-detection enable 1.1.5 loopback-detection enable vlan Syntax loopback-detection enable vlan { vlanlist | all }...
  • Page 208 Command Manual – Port Loopback Detection H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Port Loopback Detection Commands View System view Parameters time: Interval in seconds at which external loopback detection is performed on ports, in the range of 10 to 7200. The default value is 60 seconds.
  • Page 209 Command Manual – DLDP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 DLDP Configuration Commands................1-1 1.1 DLDP Configuration Commands ..................1-1 1.1.1 debugging dldp......................1-1 1.1.2 display dldp ......................1-1 1.1.3 dldp.......................... 1-2 1.1.4 dldp authentication-mode..................1-3 1.1.5 dldp interval ......................
  • Page 210 Command Manual – DLDP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DLDP Configuration Commands Chapter 1 DLDP Configuration Commands 1.1 DLDP Configuration Commands 1.1.1 debugging dldp Syntax debugging dldp { error | neighbor | packet | state } undo debugging dldp { error | neighbor | packet | state }...
  • Page 211 Command Manual – DLDP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DLDP Configuration Commands Parameters interface-type interface-num | interface-name: Index/name of a port, for which DLDP-related information is to be displayed. Description Use the display dldp command to display the DLDP-related information for a specified...
  • Page 212 Command Manual – DLDP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DLDP Configuration Commands Parameters None Description Use the dldp enable command to enable DLDP for a specific port. Use the dldp disable command to disable DLDP for a specific port.
  • Page 213 Related commands: dldp unidirectional-shutdown. Examples # Configure switches H3C A and H3C B to perform DLDP authentication, with the password set to password1 (in plain text). Configure H3C A. <H3CA> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.
  • Page 214 Command Manual – DLDP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DLDP Configuration Commands Normally, the interval should be shorter than one-third of the STP convergence time. Normally, STP convergence time is 30 seconds. Examples # Set the interval for sending DLDP advertisement packets to 20 seconds.
  • Page 215 Command Manual – DLDP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DLDP Configuration Commands View System view Parameters auto: Shuts down a port automatically when its link is found to be unidirectional or when its peer is found to be down (in enhanced mode).
  • Page 216 Command Manual – DLDP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DLDP Configuration Commands Description Use the dldp work-mode command to configure the DLDP operation mode. Use the undo dldp work-mode command to restore the default. By default, the normal DLDP operation mode is adopted.
  • Page 217 Command Manual – Ethernet OAM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Ethernet OAM Configuration Commands ..............1-1 1.1 Ethernet OAM Configuration Commands ................1-1 1.1.1 debugging oam ethernet critical-event..............1-1 1.1.2 debugging oam ethernet error................. 1-2 1.1.3 debugging oam ethernet fsm ..................
  • Page 218 You can see the debugging information only after you enable debugging of the terminal. Related commands: terminal debugging. Examples # Enable debugging for an OAM critical link event. <H3C> debugging oam ethernet critical-event interface Ethernet 1/1/1 *0.272586 H3C ETHOAM/8/ENT: OAM Port Ethernet 1/1/1: OAM Link Fault event occurred.
  • Page 219 Related commands: terminal debugging. Examples # Enable debugging for an OAM error. <H3C> debugging oam ethernet error interface Ethernet 1/1/1 *0.274536 H3C ETHOAM/8/PktLocalTLVErrRX: OAM Port Ethernet 1/1/1: no local-TLV or local-TLV error in packet received. 1.1.3 debugging oam ethernet fsm...
  • Page 220 You can see the debugging information only after you enable debugging of the terminal. Related commands: terminal debugging. Examples # Enable debugging of an OAM state machine. <H3C> debugging oam ethernet fsm interface Ethernet 1/1/1 *0.85557786 H3C ETHOAM/8/Transfer: OAM Port Ethernet1/1/1:Discovery state transfers from state FAULT to stat e ACTIVE_SEND_LOCAL.
  • Page 221 You can see the debugging information only after you enable debugging of the terminal. Related commands: terminal debugging. Examples # Enable debugging for an OAM link events. <H3C> debugging oam ethernet link-event interface Ethernet 1/1/1 *0.272606 H3C ETHOAM/8/ENT: OAM Port Ethernet 1/1/1: OAM Errored Symbol Period Event occurred. 1.1.5 debugging oam ethernet packet...
  • Page 222 OAM packets on the specified port. Examples # Enable debugging for an OAM packet. <H3C> debugging oam ethernet packet interface Ethernet 1/1/1 *0.13784506 H3C ETHOAM/8/Pkt: Send OAM Packet via port Ethernet1/1/1 03 00 50 00 01 10 01 00 00 00 01 05 dc 00 0f e2...
  • Page 223 Local OAM mode Local_pdu The local endpoint can send OAMPDU of any type. # Display the Ethernet OAM information about the local port GigabitEthernet 2/1/1. <H3C> display oam ethernet local interface GigabitEthernet2/1/1 Port : GigabitEthernet2/1/1 Link Status : Up EnableStatus...
  • Page 224 Command Manual – Ethernet OAM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet OAM Configuration Commands Link Fault Dying Gasp Critical Event Local Evaluating : RESERVED Remote Evaluating : RESERVED Packets statistic : Packets Send Receive -------------------------------------------------------------------------- OAMPDU OAMInformation OAMEventNotification...
  • Page 225 MAC address of the remote Ethernet OAM end OAMRemotePDUConfiguration The maximum OAM packet size allowed # Display the Ethernet OAM information about the remote port GigabitEthernet 2/1/1. <H3C> display oam ethernet remote interface GigabitEthernet 2/1/1 Port : GigabitEthernet2/1/1 Link Status : Up...
  • Page 226 Command Manual – Ethernet OAM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet OAM Configuration Commands Variable Retrieval : YES OAMRemoteFlagsField : -------------------------------------------------------------------------- Link Fault Dying Gasp Critical Event Local Evaluating : COMPLETE Remote Evaluating : COMPLETE Table 1-4 Description on the fields of the display oam ethernet remote interface...
  • Page 227 Command Manual – Ethernet OAM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet OAM Configuration Commands Field Description Indicates whether a Dying gasp event occurs: a Dying Gasp value of 0 indicates no Dying gasp event occurs, while 1 indicates a Dying gasp event occurs.
  • Page 228 Command Manual – Ethernet OAM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet OAM Configuration Commands Errored-frame Event threshold 1(f) Errored-frame-period Event period 1000(ms) Errored-frame-period Event threshold 1(f) Errored-frame-seconds Event period 60(s) Errored-frame-seconds Event threshold : 1(s) Table 1-5 Description on the fields of the display oam ethernet configuration...
  • Page 229 Command Manual – Ethernet OAM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet OAM Configuration Commands Description Use the display oam ethernet critical-event command to display the statistics information of critical link events after the establishment of the OAM connection.
  • Page 230 Command Manual – Ethernet OAM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet OAM Configuration Commands remote: Displays the statistics information of received remote link events. Description Use the display oam ethernet link-event command to display the statistics information of link events after the OAM sublayer is reset or the statistics information is cleared.
  • Page 231 Command Manual – Ethernet OAM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet OAM Configuration Commands Table 1-7 Description on the fields of the display oam ethernet link-event local command Field Description Port Port GigabitEthernet 4/1/1 Link Status Link state...
  • Page 232 Command Manual – Ethernet OAM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet OAM Configuration Commands Field Description Threshold when the latest errored-frame seconds Err-Frm Second Threshold event occurred Number of times of errored-frame seconds events Err-Frm Second that occur within the specified period...
  • Page 233 Command Manual – Ethernet OAM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet OAM Configuration Commands Table 1-8 Description on the fields of the display oam ethernet loopback status command Field Description OAM Loopback Status: Displays remote OAM loopback state...
  • Page 234 Command Manual – Ethernet OAM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet OAM Configuration Commands <H3C> display oam ethernet remote variable interface Ethernet 4/1/1 Please wait.... Branch Leaf Width Value -------------------------------------------------------------------------- FramesTransmitted 0x00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0c...
  • Page 235 Command Manual – Ethernet OAM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet OAM Configuration Commands Field Description MulticastFramesReceivedOK Number of received multicast frames BroadcastFramesReceivedOK Number of received broadcast frames InRangeLengthErrors Number of received frames of incorrect lengths 1.1.12 oam ethernet enable...
  • Page 236 Command Manual – Ethernet OAM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet OAM Configuration Commands View System view Parameters period-value: Error frame detection interval in seconds, ranging from 1 to 60. The system default is one second. Description Use the oam ethernet errored-frame period command to set the error frame detection interval.
  • Page 237 Command Manual – Ethernet OAM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet OAM Configuration Commands Use the undo oam ethernet errored-frame threshold command to restore the default value. If the number of error frames detected on a port over a detection interval is equal to or greater than the error threshold, an error frame event is created.
  • Page 238 Command Manual – Ethernet OAM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet OAM Configuration Commands Related commands: oam ethernet errored-frame-period threshold, display oam ethernet link-event, display oam ethernet configuration. Examples # Set the error frame period event to 10 seconds.
  • Page 239 Command Manual – Ethernet OAM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet OAM Configuration Commands 1.1.17 oam ethernet errored-frame-seconds period Syntax oam ethernet errored-frame-seconds period period-value undo oam ethernet errored-frame-seconds period View System view Parameters period-value: Error frame second detection interval, ranging from 10 to 900 (in seconds).
  • Page 240 Command Manual – Ethernet OAM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet OAM Configuration Commands Parameters threshold-value: Error threshold for creating an error frame second event, ranging from 1 to 900. The system default is 1. Description Use the oam ethernet errored-frame-seconds threshold command to set the error threshold for creating an error frame second event.
  • Page 241 Command Manual – Ethernet OAM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet OAM Configuration Commands If the number of error signals detected on a port over a detection interval is equal to or greater than the error threshold, an error signal event is created.
  • Page 242 Command Manual – Ethernet OAM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet OAM Configuration Commands [H3C] oam ethernet errored-symbol threshold 100 1.1.21 oam ethernet loopback Syntax oam ethernet loopback undo oam ethernet loopback View Ethernet port view Parameters None...
  • Page 243 Command Manual – Ethernet OAM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet OAM Configuration Commands 1.1.22 oam ethernet mode Syntax oam ethernet mode { active | passive } undo oam ethernet mode View Ethernet port view Parameters active: Active mode...
  • Page 244 Command Manual – Ethernet OAM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet OAM Configuration Commands 1.1.23 oam ethernet timer hello Syntax oam ethernet timer hello interval undo oam ethernet timer hello View System view Parameters interval: Interval of sending Ethernet OAM hello PDUs (in milliseconds). This argument ranges from 500 to 5000 and must be a multiple of 500.
  • Page 245 Command Manual – Ethernet OAM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet OAM Configuration Commands Use the undo oam ethernet timer keepalive command to restore the Ethernet OAM link timeout time to the default value. By default, the Ethernet OAM link timeout time is 5000 ms.
  • Page 246 Command Manual – Ethernet OAM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Ethernet OAM Configuration Commands Examples # Clear the statistics information of OAM packets and Link events on all the ports. <H3C> reset oam ethernet 1-29...
  • Page 247 Command Manual – Smart Link and Monitor Link H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Smart Link Configuration Commands............... 1-1 1.1 Smart Link Configuration Commands................1-1 1.1.1 debugging smart-link....................1-1 1.1.2 display smart-link flush.................... 1-1 1.1.3 display smart-link group ..................
  • Page 248 Command Manual – Smart Link and Monitor Link H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Smart Link Configuration Commands Chapter 1 Smart Link Configuration Commands 1.1 Smart Link Configuration Commands 1.1.1 debugging smart-link Syntax debugging smart-link [ group id ] { all | error | event | fsm | packet }...
  • Page 249 Command Manual – Smart Link and Monitor Link H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Smart Link Configuration Commands Parameters None Description Use the display smart-link flush command to view the information about how the smart link device processes flush messages.
  • Page 250 Command Manual – Smart Link and Monitor Link H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Smart Link Configuration Commands Member Role State Flush-count Last-flush-time GigabitEthernet0/1/1 MASTER ACTVIE 16:37:20 2006/04/21 AGG-1 SLAVE STANDBY 17:45:20 2006/04/21 Table 1-1 Description of the fields of the display smart-link group command...
  • Page 251 Command Manual – Smart Link and Monitor Link H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Smart Link Configuration Commands You need to enable flush message transmitting in control VLANs on uplink devices. Caution: VLANs of these types cannot be configured as control VLANs: VLANs dynamically...
  • Page 252 Command Manual – Smart Link and Monitor Link H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Smart Link Configuration Commands slave: Configures a link aggregation group as the slave port of a smart link group. Description Use the link-aggregation group command to configure a manual aggregation group as the member of a smart link group.
  • Page 253 Command Manual – Smart Link and Monitor Link H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Smart Link Configuration Commands View Smart link group view Parameters interface-type interface-number: Specifies a port by its type and number. master: Configures a port as the master port of a smart link group.
  • Page 254 Command Manual – Smart Link and Monitor Link H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Smart Link Configuration Commands 1.1.7 port smart-link group Syntax port smart-link group id { master | slave } undo port smart-link group id View Ethernet port view Parameters id: Smart link group ID, in the range 1 to 48.
  • Page 255 Command Manual – Smart Link and Monitor Link H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Smart Link Configuration Commands Examples # Configure GigabitEthernet 0/1/1 as the master port of smart link group 1. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.
  • Page 256 Command Manual – Smart Link and Monitor Link H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Smart Link Configuration Commands <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] smart-link group 1 [H3C-smlk-group1] preemption mode role 1.1.9 protected-instance Syntax...
  • Page 257 Command Manual – Smart Link and Monitor Link H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Smart Link Configuration Commands Examples # Configure MSTIs 1 through 10 and MSTI 48 as the protected MSTIs of smart link group 1. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.
  • Page 258 Command Manual – Smart Link and Monitor Link H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Smart Link Configuration Commands [H3C] smart-link flush enable control-vlan 10 1.1.11 smart-link group Syntax smart-link group id undo smart-link group id View System view Parameters id: Smart link group ID, in the range of 1 to 48.
  • Page 259 Command Manual – Smart Link and Monitor Link H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Smart Link Configuration Commands 1.1.12 reset smart-link packets counter Syntax reset smart-link packets counter View User view Parameters None Description Use the reset smart-link packets counter command to clear the statistics on all the flush packets received/processed on the switch.
  • Page 260 Command Manual – Smart Link and Monitor Link H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Monitor Link Configuration Commands Chapter 2 Monitor Link Configuration Commands 2.1 Monitor Link Configuration Commands 2.1.1 debugging monitor-link Syntax debugging monitor-link [ group id ] { all | error | event }...
  • Page 261 Command Manual – Smart Link and Monitor Link H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Monitor Link Configuration Commands Parameters id: Monitor link group ID. all: Specifies all the monitor link groups. Description Use the display monitor-link group command to display the information about a monitor link group or all the monitor groups.
  • Page 262 # Configure link aggregation group 28 as the downlink port of monitor link group 1. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] monitor-link group 1 [H3C- mtlk-group1 ] link-aggregation group 28 downlink 2.1.6 monitor-link group Syntax monitor-link group id...
  • Page 263 Command Manual – Smart Link and Monitor Link H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Monitor Link Configuration Commands undo monitor-link group id View System view Parameters id: Monitor link group ID, ranging 1 to 96. Description Use the monitor-link group command to create a monitor link group and enter Monitor Link group view.
  • Page 264 Command Manual – Smart Link and Monitor Link H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Monitor Link Configuration Commands downlink: Configures the specified port as the downlink port of the monitor link group Description Use the port command to configure a port as a member of a monitor link group.
  • Page 265 Command Manual – Smart Link and Monitor Link H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Monitor Link Configuration Commands Parameters id: Monitor link group ID, ranging from 1 to 96. uplink: Configures the specified port as the uplink port of the monitor link group.
  • Page 266 Command Manual – Smart Link and Monitor Link H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 2 Monitor Link Configuration Commands 2.1.9 smart-link group Syntax smart-link group id uplink undo smart-link group id View Monitor link group view Parameters id: Smart link group ID, in the range 1 to 48.
  • Page 267 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands ................1-1 1.1 MSTP Configuration Commands ..................1-1 1.1.1 active region-configuration ..................1-1 1.1.2 check region-configuration ..................1-2 1.1.3 debugging stp......................1-3 1.1.4 display stp .......................
  • Page 268 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents 1.1.37 stp point-to-point ....................1-40 1.1.38 stp port priority..................... 1-41 1.1.39 stp priority......................1-42 1.1.40 stp region-configuration..................1-43 1.1.41 stp reset-arp ......................1-43 1.1.42 stp root-protection ....................1-44 1.1.43 stp tc-protection....................
  • Page 269 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands 1.1 MSTP Configuration Commands 1.1.1 active region-configuration Syntax active region-configuration View MST region view Parameters None Description Use the active region-configuration command to activate the configurations of MST region.
  • Page 270 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] stp region-configuration [H3C-mst-region] active region-configuration 1.1.2 check region-configuration Syntax check region-configuration View MST region view...
  • Page 271 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Table 1-1 Description on the fields of the check region-configuration command Field Description Format selector The selector defined by MSTP Region name Region name of MST region...
  • Page 272 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Use the debugging stp instance instance-id command to enable specified instance debugging of MSTP. Use the undo debugging stp instance instance-id command to disable specified instance debugging of MSTP.
  • Page 273 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Use the undo debugging stp state-machine ptx command to disable debugging of the port transport state machine. Use the debugging stp state-machine tcpm command to enable debugging of the state machine for topology change protection.
  • Page 274 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands The MSTP state and statistics information can help analyze and maintain the network topology and maintain the normal operation of MSTP. If no spanning tree instance ID or port list is specified, the command will display the spanning tree information of all the instances on all the ports in port number order.
  • Page 275 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands <H3C> display stp instance 0 interface Ethernet 2/1/1 to Ethernet 2/1/4 GigabitEthernet 3/2/1 to GigabitEthernet 3/2/4 GigabitEthernet 3/3/1 brief MSTID Port Role STP State Protection Ethernet2/1/1...
  • Page 276 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Related commands: stp region-configuration. Examples # Display the MST region configuration information. <H3C> display stp region-configuration Oper Configuration Format selector :0 Region name :H3C Revision level...
  • Page 277 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Description Use the display stp tc command to view TC (transaction capabilities) statistics. Examples # Display all TC statistics. <H3C> dis stp tc all ---------- Stp Instance 0 tc or tcn received count ----------...
  • Page 278 <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C]stp region-configuration [H3C-mst-region] instance 1 vlan 2 # Map VLAN5-10 to MSTI 3. [H3C-mst-region] instance 3 vlan 5 6 7 8 9 10 1.1.8 region-name Syntax region-name name undo region-name...
  • Page 279 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Use the undo region-name command to restore the default MST region name. By default, the MST region name of the switch is the switch MAC address in hexadecimal notation.
  • Page 280 H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Examples # Clear the statistics information on the ports from Ethernet 2/1/1 through Ethernet 2/1/3 <H3C> reset stp interface Ethernet 2/1/1 to Ethernet 2/1/3 1.1.10 revision-level Syntax revision-level level undo revision-level...
  • Page 281 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands View System view, Ethernet port view Parameters enable: Enables global or port MSTP. disable: Disables global or port MSTP. Description Use the stp command to enable or disable MSTP on a device or a port.
  • Page 282 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Examples # Enable MSTP globally. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] stp enable # Disable MSTP on Ethernet 2/1/1 <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.
  • Page 283 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Examples # Enable BPDU protection on the switch. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z [H3C] stp bpdu-protection 1.1.13 stp bridge-diameter Syntax stp bridge-diameter bridgenum...
  • Page 284 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Note: The stp bridge-diameter command configures the switching network diameter and determines the three MSTP time parameters (Hello Time, Forward Delay, and Max Age) accordingly. Examples # Set the diameter of the switching network to 5.
  • Page 285 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands 1.1.15 stp config-digest-snooping Syntax stp config-digest-snooping undo stp config-digest-snooping View System view, Ethernet port view Parameters None Description Use the stp config-digest-snooping command to enable digest snooping.
  • Page 286 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Note: You must enable digest snooping on a port first before enabling it globally. Digest snooping is unnecessary if the interconnected switches are from the same manufacturer.
  • Page 287 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Parameters instance instance-id: Specifies the spanning tree instance ID, ranging from 0 to 48. The Instance 0 represents CIST. cost: Port path cost. Its range depends on the selected standard of path cost.
  • Page 288 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Description Use the stp edged-port enable command to configure the current Ethernet port as an edge port. Use the stp edged-port disable command to configure the current Ethernet port as a non-edge port.
  • Page 289 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands 1.1.18 stp instance root Syntax stp [ instance instance-id ] root { primary | secondary } [ bridge-diameter bridgenum ] [ hello-time centi-seconds ] undo stp [ instance instance-id ] root...
  • Page 290 <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] stp instance 0 root primary bridge-diameter 4 hello-time 500 # Designate the current switch as a secondary root bridge of MSTI 0 and set the diameter of the switching network to 5 and the Hello Time to 300 centiseconds.
  • Page 291 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Parameters interface-list: Ethernet port list, containing multiple Ethernet ports and expressed as interface-list interface-type interface-number interface-type interface-number] }&<1-10>. For details about the interface-type and interface-number arguments, refer to the interface command in Ethernet Port Configuration Commands.
  • Page 292 Because the edge port is not connected to any other switches, it will not receive the configuration BPDUs from them. Related commands: stp edged-port. Examples # Configure Ethernet 2/1/3 as an edge port in system view. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z [H3C] stp interface Ethernet 2/1/3 edged-port enable 1-24...
  • Page 293 Related commands: stp cost. Examples # Set the path cost of Ethernet 2/1/3 on MSTI 2 to 400 in system view. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] stp interface Ethernet 2/1/3 instance 2 cost 400 1-25...
  • Page 294 Related commands: stp port priority. Examples # Set the priority of Ethernet 2/1/3 on MSTI 2 to 16 in system view. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] stp interface Ethernet 2/1/3 instance 2 port priority 16 1-26...
  • Page 295 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands 1.1.23 stp interface loop-protection Syntax stp interface interface-list loop-protection undo stp interface interface-list loop-protection View System view Parameters interface-list: Ethernet port list, containing multiple Ethernet ports and expressed as...
  • Page 296 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Caution: If the equipment connected to the port of the switch cannot send STP packets to the switch, do not configure the loop-protection command; otherwise the port will be congested for a long time.
  • Page 297 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands In system view, execute this command with interface interface-list specified to perform mCheck on the specified port(s); execute the command without interface interface-list to perform mCheck on all ports. If a port of an MSTP switch on a switching network has ever been connected to an STP switch, the port will automatically transit to operate in STP-compatible mode.
  • Page 298 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Description Use the stp interface no-agreement-check command to enable port fast transition. Use the undo stp interface no-agreement-check command to disable port fast transition. By default, port fast transition is disabled.
  • Page 299 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Description Use the stp interface point-to-point command to specify whether the current port(s) is/are connected to a point-to-point link or point-to-point links. Use the undo stp interface point-to-point command to restore the system default.
  • Page 300 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Use the undo stp interface root-protection command to restore the default Root protection state. By default, Root protection is disabled. In case of configuration error or malicious attack, the legal primary root may receive the BPDU with a higher priority and then loose its place, which causes network topology change errors.
  • Page 301 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Description Use the stp interface transmit-limit command to configure an amount limit to the configuration BPDU transmitted via a specified port during the Hello Time in system view.
  • Page 302 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] interface GigabitEthernet7/1/1 [H3C-GigabitEthernet7/1/1] stp loop-detection 1.1.30 stp loop-protection Syntax stp loop-protection undo stp loop-protection View Ethernet port view...
  • Page 303 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Examples # Enable loop protection function in Ethernet 2/1/1. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] interface Ethernet2/1/1 [H3C-Ethernet2/1/1] stp loop-protection 1.1.31 stp max-hops...
  • Page 304 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands 1.1.32 stp mcheck Syntax stp mcheck View Ethernet port view Parameters None Description Use the stp mcheck command to perform mCheck operation on port(s). If a port of an MSTP switch on a switching network has ever been connected to an STP switch, the port will automatically transit to operate in STP-compatible mode.
  • Page 305 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands 1.1.33 stp mode Syntax stp mode { stp | mstp } undo stp mode View System view Parameters stp: Configures the MSTP operation mode as STP-compatible.
  • Page 306 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands View Ethernet port view Parameters None Description Use the stp no-agreement-check command to enable port fast transition. Use the undo stp interface no-agreement-check command to disable port fast transition.
  • Page 307 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Description Use the stp non-flooding command to discard BPDU packets received by STP-disabled ports. Use the undo stp non-flooding command to forward BPDU packets within the VLAN to which the STP-disabled ports belong.
  • Page 308 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Parameters dot1d-1998: Configure the switch to use the IEEE 802.1D-1998 standard to calculate the default path costs of ports. dot1t: Configure the switch to use the IEEE 802.1t standard to calculate the default path costs of ports.
  • Page 309 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands The port not connected with the point-to-point link cannot transit fast. The master ports of the link aggregation and the ports operating in full-duplex mode are connected to the point-to-point link.
  • Page 310 # Set the priority of Ethernet 2/1/1 on MSTI 2 to 16. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] interface Ethernet2/1/1 [H3C-Ethernet2/1/1] stp instance 2 port priority 16 1.1.39 stp priority Syntax stp [ instance instance-id ] priority priority...
  • Page 311 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Examples # Set the switch priority in MST instance 1 to 4096. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] stp instance 1 priority 4096 1.1.40 stp region-configuration...
  • Page 312 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands undo stp reset-arp View System view, Ethernet port view Parameters None Description Use the stp reset-arp enable command to enable the function of clearing dynamic ARP entries when the STP topology changes.
  • Page 313 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands By default, Root protection is disabled. In case of configuration error or malicious attack, the legal primary root may receive the BPDU with a higher priority and then loose its place, which causes network topology change errors.
  • Page 314 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands TC-BPDU packets, the switch shall receive a great number of TC-BPDU packets in a very short period. Too frequent delete operations shall consume huge switch resources and bring great risk to network stability.
  • Page 315 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands When configuring Hello time, Forward Delay and Max Age, guarantee the following equations: 2 x (Forward Delay - 1.0 second) >= Max Age Max Age >= 2 x (Hello Time + 1.0 second) Only if the above-mentioned formulas are equal can the MSTP normally operate on the entire network.
  • Page 316 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands The STP defines to transmit configuration BPDU regularly at an interval specified with Hello Time to keep the spanning tree stable. If the switch receives no BPDU packets for a period of time, it will recalculate the spanning tree upon the BPDU timeouts.
  • Page 317 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands MSTP can detect the link fault and automatically resume the forwarding state of the redundant link. On the CIST, the switch checks if the configuration BPDU received via the port expires according to the Max Age.
  • Page 318 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands The Ethernet switch transmits STP packets every hello time. Generally, if the switch does not receive the STP packets from the upstream switch for three times of hello time, the switch will decide the upstream switch is dead and will recalculate the topology of the network.
  • Page 319 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] interface Ethernet2/1/1 [H3C-Ethernet2/1/1] stp transmit-limit 5 1.1.49 vlan-mapping modulo Syntax vlan-mapping modulo modulo undo vlan-mapping modulo View...
  • Page 320 Command Manual – BPDU Tunnel H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 BPDU Tunneling Configuration Commands ............. 1-1 1.1 BPDU Tunneling Configuration Commands ..............1-1 1.1.1 bpdu-tunnel dot1q enable ..................1-1 1.1.2 bpdu-tunnel dot1q stp ..................... 1-2...
  • Page 321 Command Manual – BPDU Tunnel H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BPDU Tunneling Configuration Commands Chapter 1 BPDU Tunneling Configuration Commands 1.1 BPDU Tunneling Configuration Commands 1.1.1 bpdu-tunnel dot1q enable Syntax bpdu-tunnel dot1q enable undo bpdu-tunnel dot1q enable View...
  • Page 322 Command Manual – BPDU Tunnel H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BPDU Tunneling Configuration Commands System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] bpdu-tunnel dot1q enable 1.1.2 bpdu-tunnel dot1q stp Syntax bpdu-tunnel dot1q stp undo bpdu-tunnel dot1q stp...
  • Page 323 Command Manual – BPDU Tunnel H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BPDU Tunneling Configuration Commands Note: To have BPDU tunneling take effect on a port, you must enable BPDU tunneling not only on the port but also globally. BPDU tunneling is mutually exclusive with STP in Ethernet port view.
  • Page 324 Use the undo bpdu-tunnel interface command to disable BPDU tunneling on the specified port(s). By default, BPDU tunneling is enabled on a port. Example # Enable BPDU tunneling on Ethernet 2/1/1 through Ethernet 2/1/10. <H3C> system-view [H3C] bpdu-tunnel interface ethernet2/1/1 to ethernet 2/1/10 dot1q stp...
  • Page 325 Command Manual – HVRP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 HVRP Configuration Commands ................1-1 1.1 HVRP Configuration Commands ..................1-1 1.1.1 debugging hvrp error....................1-1 1.1.2 debugging hvrp info....................1-1 1.1.3 display hvrp brief ..................... 1-2 1.1.4 display hvrp local-vlan.....................
  • Page 326 Command Manual – HVRP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 HVRP Configuration Commands Chapter 1 HVRP Configuration Commands 1.1 HVRP Configuration Commands 1.1.1 debugging hvrp error Syntax debugging hvrp error undo debugging hvrp error View User view Parameters None Description Use the debugging hvrp error command to enable HVRP error debugging.
  • Page 327 Command Manual – HVRP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 HVRP Configuration Commands Description Use the debugging hvrp info command to enable HVRP VLAN debugging function. Use the undo debugging hvrp info command to disable HVRP VLAN debugging function.
  • Page 328 Command Manual – HVRP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 HVRP Configuration Commands Description Use the display hvrp local-vlan command to display local VLAN information. Examples # Display local VLAN information. <H3C> display hvrp local-vlan Now, the following VLAN exist(s): 1(default), 97-100 1.1.5 display hvrp port-vlan...
  • Page 329 Command Manual – HVRP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 HVRP Configuration Commands 1.1.6 display hvrp verbose Syntax display hvrp verbose View Any view Parameters None Description Use the display hvrp verbose command to display detailed HVRP information. Examples # Display detailed HVRP information.
  • Page 330 Command Manual – HVRP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 HVRP Configuration Commands Parameters None. Description Use the hvrp enable command to enable HVRP globally (in system view), or enable HVRP on an Ethernet port (in Ethernet port view).
  • Page 331 Command Manual – HVRP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 HVRP Configuration Commands 1.1.8 hvrp permanent-vlan Syntax hvrp permanent-vlan vlan-id [ to vlan-id ] undo hvrp permanent-vlan [ vlan-id [ to vlan-id ] ] View System view Parameters vlan-id: VLAN ID, in the range of 1 to 4094.
  • Page 332 Command Manual – HVRP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 HVRP Configuration Commands registervlan-age: Specifies registered-VLAN aging interval. timer-num: VLAN registration interval or registered-VLAN aging time, in seconds. Description Use the hvrp timer registervlan command to configure the VLAN registration timer for HVRP.
  • Page 333 Command Manual – HVRP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 HVRP Configuration Commands Description Use the hvrp vlan-age all command to allow the switch to age all VLANs. Use the undo hvrp vlan-age all command to allow the switch to age only Local VLANs.
  • Page 334 Command Manual – RRPP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 RRPP Configuration Commands ................1-1 1.1 RRPP Configuration Commands ..................1-1 1.1.1 control-vlan......................1-1 1.1.2 debugging rrpp ......................1-2 1.1.3 display rrpp brief...................... 1-3 1.1.4 display rrpp statistics....................
  • Page 335 Command Manual – RRPP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RRPP Configuration Commands Chapter 1 RRPP Configuration Commands Note: LSB1XP4CA0 and LSB1XP4B0 LPUs do not support RRPP. 1.1 RRPP Configuration Commands 1.1.1 control-vlan Syntax control-vlan vlan-id View RRPP domain view Parameters vlan-id: Control VLAN ID, in the range of 2 to 4094.
  • Page 336 Command Manual – RRPP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RRPP Configuration Commands 1.1.2 debugging rrpp Syntax debugging rrpp [ domain domain-id [ ring ring-id ] ] { error | event | packet [ edge-hello | fdb | health | link | major-fault ] | all }...
  • Page 337 H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RRPP Configuration Commands <H3C> debugging rrpp domain 1 ring 10 error *0.243800726 H3C RRPP/1/10/PKTERR:Port 39: received HEALTH packet is err for invalid Level. # Enable event debugging for RRPP domain 1. <H3C> debugging rrpp domain 1 event *0.2769951112 3500_1 RRPP/8/MEXS:Domain 1's Master Node 00e0-fc21-5eff enters...
  • Page 338 Command Manual – RRPP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RRPP Configuration Commands Description Use the display rrpp brief command to display the brief information of all RRPP domains configured on the switch, including the RRPP enable state, RRPP domain configuration, and Ethernet rings in the domains.
  • Page 339 Command Manual – RRPP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RRPP Configuration Commands <H3C> display rrpp statistics domain 1 ring 10 RRPP Ring : 10 Ring Level : 0 Node Mode : Master Is Enabled : Yes Primary Port : Ethernet1/1/1...
  • Page 340 Examples # Display the details of primary ring 10 in RRPP domain 1 (the current switch is the master node in ring 10). <H3C> display rrpp verbose domain 1 ring 10 Domain Index Control VLAN : major 4093...
  • Page 341 Port status: BLOCKED # Display the details of primary ring 10 in RRPP domain 1 (the current switch is the transit node in ring 10). <H3C> display rrpp verbose domain 1 ring 10 Domain Index Control VLAN : major 4093...
  • Page 342 # Clear the packet statistics of ring 10 in RRPP domain 1 on the current switch. <H3C> reset rrpp statistics domain 1 ring 10 # Clear the packet statistics of all rings in RRPP domain 1 on the current switch.
  • Page 343 Command Manual – RRPP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RRPP Configuration Commands 1.1.7 ring enable Syntax ring ring-id enable undo ring ring-id enable View RRPP domain view Parameters ring-id: RRPP ring ID, in the range of 1 to 64.
  • Page 344 Command Manual – RRPP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RRPP Configuration Commands Parameters ring-id: RRPP ring ID, in the range of 1 to 64. edge: Defines the current switch as the edge node on the Ethernet ring. assistant-edge: Defines the current switch as the assistant edge node on the Ethernet ring.
  • Page 345 Ethernet 1/1/5 as the common port and Ethernet 1/1/10 as the edge port. <H3C> system-view [H3C] rrpp domain 1 [H3C-rrpp-domain1] ring 20 node-mode edge common-port Ethernet 1/1/5 edge-port Ethernet 1/1/10 # Configure the current switch as the assistant edge node on subring 20 in RRPP domain 1, with Ethernet 1/1/6 as the common port and Ethernet 1/1/11 as the edge port.
  • Page 346 Command Manual – RRPP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RRPP Configuration Commands master: Defines the current switch as the master node on the Ethernet ring. transit: Defines the current switch as the transit node on the Ethernet ring.
  • Page 347 1 and 2 as the primary and secondary ports respectively. <H3C> system-view [H3C] rrpp domain 1 [H3C -RRPP-domain1] ring 1 node-mode master primary-port link-aggregation 1 secondary-port link-aggregation 2 level 0 # Configure the current switch as the master node on primary ring 10 in RRPP domain 1, with Ethernet1/1/5 as the primary port and Ethernet 1/1/6 as the secondary port.
  • Page 348 Command Manual – RRPP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RRPP Configuration Commands 1.1.10 rrpp domain Syntax rrpp domain domain-id undo rrpp domain domain-id View System view Parameters domain-id: RRPP domain ID, in the range of 1 to 8.
  • Page 349 Command Manual – RRPP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RRPP Configuration Commands Description Use the rrpp enable command to enable the RRPP protocol on the current switch. Use the undo rrpp enable command to disable the RRPP protocol on the current switch.
  • Page 350 Command Manual – RRPP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RRPP Configuration Commands Examples # Disable SRPT checking on subring 2 of RRPP domain 1. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] rrpp domain 1 [H3C-rrpp-domain1] undo srpt ring 2 enable 1.1.13 timer...
  • Page 351 Command Manual – RPR H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 RPR Port Configuration Commands................1-1 1.1 RPR Port Configuration Commands.................. 1-1 1.1.1 clock-source ......................1-1 1.1.2 debugging rpr ......................1-2 1.1.3 display interface ...................... 1-2 1.1.4 display rpr counters....................

  • Page 352: Table Of Contents

    Command Manual – RPR H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents 2.1.1 display rpr tunnel-table.................... 2-1 2.1.2 display rpr tunnel-track.................... 2-2 2.1.3 rpr tunnel track ......................2-4 2.1.4 rpr tunnel vlan......................2-5 Chapter 3 VRRP over RPR Collaboration Group Configuration Commands ......3-1 3.1 VRRP over RPR Collaboration Group Configuration Commands........

  • Page 353: Command Manual - Rpr

    Command Manual – RPR H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RPR Port Configuration Commands Chapter 1 RPR Port Configuration Commands 1.1 RPR Port Configuration Commands 1.1.1 clock-source Syntax clock-source { master | slave [ priority priority-value ] } undo clock-source...
  • Page 354 Command Manual – RPR H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RPR Port Configuration Commands 1.1.2 debugging rpr Syntax debugging rpr { all | topology | protection | controlframe | mac | ringselection | tp-frame | l2tunnel | vrrp }...
  • Page 355 Command Manual – RPR H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RPR Port Configuration Commands Parameters interface-type: Port type. interface-number: Port number. packets: Displays the statistics on the packets passing through the port. Description Use the display interface command to display the RPR port configuration and status information.
  • Page 356 Command Manual – RPR H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RPR Port Configuration Commands 2.5G speed mode and full duplex mode Flow-control is not enabled The Maximum Frame Length is 1552 Broadcast MAX-ratio: 50% Allow jumbo frame to pass...
  • Page 357 Command Manual – RPR H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RPR Port Configuration Commands SDH error: section layer: line layer: 18091 37309 path layer: Data Traffic Counters of the Interface: RprPos5/1/1.1 Host receive Packets Bytes unicast 13082 multicast 69547...
  • Page 358 Command Manual – RPR H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RPR Port Configuration Commands Table 1-1 Description on the fields of the display interface command Field Description RprPos5/1/1 current state Current RPRPOS port status Name of the destination RPR station to...
  • Page 359 Command Manual – RPR H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RPR Port Configuration Commands Field Description Input(total): 67061 packets 7414146 bytes 8666 broadcasts, 57941 multicasts Input: 0 input errors, 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles, 0 CRC 0 frame, 0 overruns, - aborts, 0...
  • Page 360 Command Manual – RPR H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RPR Port Configuration Commands Description Use the display rpr counters command to display the statistics of different types of packets sent, received, and forwarded through the specified station. The statistics includes packets sent and received on the hosts and interfaces of the current station, packets transited by the station, average rate in the latest specific time period, and the error packets received on the interface.
  • Page 361 Command Manual – RPR H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RPR Port Configuration Commands Line Receive Packets Bytes unicast high priority 24534746 3582072916 unicast med cir priority 2075740 303058040 unicast med eir priority 22459005 3279014730 unicast low priority 24534745...
  • Page 362 Command Manual – RPR H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RPR Port Configuration Commands Transit Packets Bytes total high priority 24534746 3582072916 total med cir priority 2076478 303165788 total med eir priority 22458267 3278906982 total low priority 24534745 3582072770...
  • Page 363 Command Manual – RPR H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RPR Port Configuration Commands Traffic Rate (20 Seconds) Packets/Sec Bits/Sec transit high priority transit med cir priority transit med eir priority transit low priority transit unicast transit multicast host receive...
  • Page 364 Command Manual – RPR H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RPR Port Configuration Commands multicast med eir priority 11229008 1639435168 multicast low priority 12267373 1791036458 Host Transmit Packets Bytes unicast high priority 12196151 1780638046 unicast med cir priority 3116373...
  • Page 365 Command Manual – RPR H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RPR Port Configuration Commands total med eir priority 22451236 3277880456 total low priority 24527198 3580970908 total unicast 36790797 5371456362 total multicast 36790799 5371456654 Traffic Rate (300 Seconds) Packets/Sec Bits/Sec...
  • Page 366 Command Manual – RPR H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RPR Port Configuration Commands Field Description multicast med cir priority Class B0 multicast and broadcast multicast med eir priority Class B1 multicast and broadcast multicast low priority Class C multicast and broadcast...
  • Page 367 Command Manual – RPR H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RPR Port Configuration Commands Parameters RprPos: Specifies the interface type RPRPOS. Rpr10GE: Specifies the interface type RPR10GE. RprGE: Specifies the interface type RPRGE. interface-number: Port number. Description Use the display rpr defect command to display all RPR defects. The value 1 indicates defects are found.
  • Page 368 Command Manual – RPR H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RPR Port Configuration Commands 1.1.6 display rpr fairness Syntax display rpr fairness [ { RprPos | Rpr10GE | RprGE } interface-number ] View Any view Parameters RprPos: Specifies the interface type RPRPOS.
  • Page 369 Command Manual – RPR H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RPR Port Configuration Commands Field Description Local Reserved bandwidth for class A0 Locally reserved bandwidth for class A0 on ringlet0 on ring 0 Local Reserved bandwidth for class A0...
  • Page 370 Command Manual – RPR H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RPR Port Configuration Commands interface-name: Interface name. Description Use the display rpr mac command to display the information about the user MAC addresses and RPR station MAC addresses learnt. This command can also display the number of the user MAC addresses learnt if you specify the count keyword.
  • Page 371 Command Manual – RPR H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RPR Port Configuration Commands View Any view Parameters RprPos: Specifies the interface type RPRPOS. Rpr10GE: Specifies the interface type RPR10GE. RprGE: Specifies the interface type RPRGE. interface-number: Port number.
  • Page 372 Command Manual – RPR H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RPR Port Configuration Commands Last protection time on the east span:2008.01.24 11:22:07 Last protection time on the west span:NULL Table 1-6 Description on the fields of the display rpr protection command...
  • Page 373 In the case of open rings, static ring selection does not take effect. Examples # Display the dynamic ring selection table of RPRPOS 5/1/1. <H3C> display rpr rs-table dynamic RprPos 5/1/1 Dynamic ringlet selection table of interface: RprPos5/1/1 MAC Address...
  • Page 374 . Examples # Query the traffic from station with bridge MAC address 000F-E211-1116 in the ring. <H3C> display rpr statistics smac 000f-e211-1116 RprPos3/1/1 Source statistics of interface: RprPos3/1/1 Mac address: 000f-e211-1116 Packets: 0 Bytes: 0 1.1.11 display rpr timers...
  • Page 375 Command Manual – RPR H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RPR Port Configuration Commands Description Use the display rpr timers command to display all configurable RPR timer values. Examples # Display all RPR timer values. <H3C> display rpr timers RprPos 5/1/1...
  • Page 376 Command Manual – RPR H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RPR Port Configuration Commands 1.1.12 display rpr topology Syntax display rpr topology { all | ring | local | stations } [ verbose ] [ { RprPos | Rpr10GE |...
  • Page 377 Use the undo flag command to restore the default configuration. c2 is 0x16 by default. By default, j0 and j1 both are “H3C”. The c2, j0 and j1 values should be consistent respectively at the receiver and sender. Otherwise, the system may give alarms.
  • Page 378 Command Manual – RPR H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RPR Port Configuration Commands Examples # Configure overhead byte for the RPR port. <H3C> system-view [H3C] interface RprPos 2/1/1.1 [H3C-RprPos2/1/1.1] flag c2 22 1.1.14 frame-format Syntax frame-format { sdh | sonet }...
  • Page 379 Command Manual – RPR H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RPR Port Configuration Commands Parameters RprPos: Specifies the interface type RPRPOS. Rpr10GE: Specifies the interface type RPR10GE. RprGE: Specifies the interface type RPRGE. interface-number: Interface number. Description Use the interface { RprPos | Rpr10GE | RprGE } command to enter RPR logical interface view.
  • Page 380 Syntax RPR logical interface view Parameters external: Specifies the port loopback mode as external. Currently, the S9500 series do not support this mode. internal: Specifies the port loopback mode as internal. Description Use the loopback command to set the loopback mode of an RPR logical interface.
  • Page 381 Command Manual – RPR H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RPR Port Configuration Commands Description Use the port-type command to set the 10G RPR board mode. After the mode changes successfully, the board restarts automatically for the port to switch to new RPR port type.
  • Page 382 Command Manual – RPR H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RPR Port Configuration Commands <H3C> reset counters interface RprPos2/1/1 # Clear the statistics on RPRPOS 2/1/1.1. <H3C> reset counters interface RprPos2/1/1.1 1.1.20 rpr admin-request Syntax rpr admin-request { fs | ms | idle } { ringlet0 | ringlet1 }...
  • Page 383 Command Manual – RPR H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RPR Port Configuration Commands Examples # Request FS in the Ringlet0 of the station. <H3C> system-view [H3C] interface RprPos2/1/1 [H3C-RprPos2/1/1] rpr admin-request fs ringlet0 # Request for MS protection in the receiving direction on Ringlet1 of the station.
  • Page 384 # Configure tag priorities 6 and 7 as class A service, priorities 2, 3, 4 and 5 as class B service, and priorities 0 and 1 as class C service. <H3C> system-view [H3C] interface RprPos3/1/1 [H3C-RprPos3/1/1] rpr cos-precedence-map tag 2 2 1 1 1 1 0 0 1.1.22 rpr default-rs Syntax rpr default-rs { ringlet0 | ringlet1 }...
  • Page 385 Command Manual – RPR H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RPR Port Configuration Commands 1.1.23 rpr echo Syntax rpr echo { mac mac-address | station-name station-name } [ -c value | -s value | -r value | -t value | -p value ] *...
  • Page 386 Command Manual – RPR H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RPR Port Configuration Commands 1 packet(s) transmitted 1 packet(s) received 0.00% packet loss round-trip min/avg/max = 2/2/2 ms 1.1.24 rpr protect-mode Syntax rpr protect-mode { steer | wrap }...
  • Page 387 Command Manual – RPR H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RPR Port Configuration Commands medium: Class B-CIR service. reserved: Configures the reserved bandwidth for class A0 service, which has the highest priority; the default value is 0 Mbps. ringlet0: Configures the reserved bandwidth or rate limit for the station on Ringlet0.
  • Page 388 Command Manual – RPR H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RPR Port Configuration Commands Description Use the rpr reversion-mode command to set the protection reversion mode. Use the undo rpr reversion-mode command to restore the default mode. The default RPR protection reversion mode is revertive.
  • Page 389 Command Manual – RPR H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RPR Port Configuration Commands <H3C> system-view [H3C] interface RprPos2/1/1 [H3C-RprPos2/1/1] rpr static-rs 0016-e266-0101 ringlet0 [H3C-RprPos2/1/1] rpr static-rs 0016-e266-0202 ringlet1 1.1.28 rpr station-mac Syntax rpr station-mac undo rpr station-mac View...
  • Page 390 Command Manual – RPR H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RPR Port Configuration Commands Parameters string: Station name, a string consisting of up to 20 bytes. Description Use the rpr station-name command to configure a station name. Use the undo rpr station-name command to remove the configuration.
  • Page 391 Command Manual – RPR H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RPR Port Configuration Commands tc-fast value: Sets the TC-fast timer. The value argument ranges from 1 to 20 (in milliseconds). tc-slow value: Sets the TC-slow timer. The value argument ranges from 50 to 1,000 (in milliseconds).
  • Page 392 Command Manual – RPR H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RPR Port Configuration Commands Ringlet1: Configures station weight on Ringlet1. value: Station weight. The default value is 1. Description Use the rpr weight command to configure the station weight. Fairness algorithm uses station weight to calculate local fairness rate.
  • Page 393 Chapter 1 RPR Port Configuration Commands Examples # Set the SD threshold index to 6 and the SF threshold index to 5. <H3C> system-view [H3C] interface RprPos2/1/1.1 [H3C-RprPos2/1/1.1] sdh threshold sdber 6 sfber 5 1.1.33 shutdown Syntax shutdown undo shutdown...

  • Page 394: Display Rpr Tunnel-Table

    Command Manual – RPR Chapter 2 RPR Layer 2 Tunnel Extended Application H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands Chapter 2 RPR Layer 2 Tunnel Extended Application Configuration Commands 2.1 RPR Layer 2 Tunnel Extended Application Configuration Commands 2.1.1 display rpr tunnel-table...

  • Page 395: Display Rpr Tunnel-Track

    Command Manual – RPR Chapter 2 RPR Layer 2 Tunnel Extended Application H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands Ttl - Ttl,Vld - Entry Valid, MonitorPort - Monitor Port 1002 02dc-34e3-4ee0 1003 02dc-34e3-4ee0 MonitorPort GigabitEthernet12/1/1 Ethernet11/1/3 total 2, valid 2, invalid...
  • Page 396 RPR port or a complete collaboration port. However, you cannot only specify a BAS port. Examples # Display the port binding configuration that matches GigabitEthernet 2/1/1 to RPRPOS 6/1/1. <H3C> display rpr tunnel-track rpr-interface r6/1/1 to bas-interface g2/1/1 ------------------------------ BAS-Interface : GigabitEthernet2/1/1 [ USER_ADM_DOWN ] RPR-Interface : RprPos6/1/1...

  • Page 397: Rpr Tunnel Track

    Command Manual – RPR Chapter 2 RPR Layer 2 Tunnel Extended Application H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands Field Description Decide whether to shut down the BAS port actively Trigger-shutdown when the RPR port is not in up state.

  • Page 398: Rpr Tunnel Vlan

    # Bind GigabitEthernet 4/1/1 to RPRPOS 6/1/1. Specify the related VLANs as VLAN 2, VLAN 7, and VLAN 10. Enable automatic port shutdown. <H3C> system-view [H3C] rpr tunnel track GigabitEthernet4/1/1 to RprPos6/1/1 vlan 2 7 10 trigger-shutdown # Remove a port binding.
  • Page 399 Command Manual – RPR Chapter 2 RPR Layer 2 Tunnel Extended Application H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands monitor-port interface-type interface-number: Specifies a collaborating port. The argument interface-type interface-number specifies an Ethernet port by port type and port number. A collaborating port can only be mapped to one tunnel. For an RPR logical interface, up to 32 tunnels with collaborating ports can be configured.

  • Page 400: Chapter 3 Vrrp Over Rpr Collaboration Group Configuration Commands

    Examples # Display the information about the VRRP collaboration group 2 in RPR logical interface RPRPOS 4/1/1 with enabled VRID 1. <H3C> display rpr vrrp RprPos4/1/1 group 2 Group ID Interface : RprPos4/1/1...

  • Page 401: Rpr Vrrp

    : 100 Remote Pri : 100 # Display the information about VRRP collaboration group 2 in RPR logical interface RPRPOS 4/1/1 with disabled VRID 1. <H3C> display rpr vrrp RprPos 4/1/1 group 2 Group ID Interface : RprPos 4/1/1 Vlan ID...

  • Page 402: Undo Rpr Vrrp Group

    VRID 20 in VLAN 10 to RPRPOS 4/1/1 (the MAC address of the adjacent station is 000F-E211-1B16). <H3C> system-view [H3C] interface RprPos 4/1/1 [H3C-RprPos 4/1/1] Rpr vrrp vrid 20 vlan 10 mate 000f-e211-1b16 group 1 3.1.3 undo rpr vrrp group Syntax undo rpr vrrp group group-id...
  • Page 403 Command Manual – RPR Chapter 3 VRRP over RPR Collaboration Group H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Configuration Commands To execute the command in RPR logical interface view, you only need to specify the port number and collaboration group number. Examples # Remove VRRP collaboration group 2 configured on the RPR logical interface RPRPOS 4/1/1.

  • Page 404: Chapter 4 Intersecting Rpr Rings Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – RPR Chapter 4 Intersecting RPR Rings Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Chapter 4 Intersecting RPR Rings Configuration Commands 4.1 Intersecting RPR Rings Configuration Commands 4.1.1 debugging rpr cross-ring event Syntax debugging rpr cross-ring event undo debugging rpr cross-ring event...

  • Page 405: Display Rpr Cross-Ring Backup-Ring

    Command Manual – RPR Chapter 4 Intersecting RPR Rings Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Parameters all: Debugging for all protocol packets of intersecting RPR rings. nsn: Debugging for notifications of intersecting RPR stations. nrc: Debugging for role change notifications.

  • Page 406: Display Rpr Cross-Ring Defect

    Command Manual – RPR Chapter 4 Intersecting RPR Rings Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands RprPos3/1/1 inactive RprPos3/1/1 inactive Not configure inactive Not configure inactive RprPos3/1/1 active Table 4-1 Description on the fields of the display rpr cross-ring backup-ring...

  • Page 407: Display Rpr Cross-Ring Instance

    Command Manual – RPR Chapter 4 Intersecting RPR Rings Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Table 4-2 Description on the fields of the display rpr cross-ring defect command Field Description Inconsistent number of slave Inconsistent number of slave rings...

  • Page 408: Rpr Cross-Ring

    Command Manual – RPR Chapter 4 Intersecting RPR Rings Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Neighbor reachable: Unreachable STP-INS L-T(S) N-T-S ----------------------------------------------------------- Not configure DOWN Not configure DOWN Not configure DOWN Not configure DOWN Not configure DOWN GigabitEthernet3/2/1 (UP)

  • Page 409: Rpr Cross-Ring Instance

    Command Manual – RPR Chapter 4 Intersecting RPR Rings Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Description Use the rpr cross-ring command to specify the role of the RPR logical interface as master or slave in the intersecting ring group.

  • Page 410: Rpr Cross-Ring Neighbour

    # Associate intersecting ring instance 1 with MSTP instance 48, and specify the current device as the master device of intersecting ring instance 1. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] rpr cross-ring instance 1 primary stp-instance 48 4.1.8 rpr cross-ring neighbour Syntax rpr cross-ring neighbour mac-address...

  • Page 411: Rpr Cross-Ring Slave Backup-Ring

    Example # Configure the link where RPR interface RPRPOS 3/1/1 resides as the backup ring of intersecting ring instance 5. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] interface RprPos3/1/1 [H3C-RprPos3/1/1] rpr cross-ring slave backup-ring instance 5...

  • Page 412: Chapter 5 Distributed Rpr Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – RPR Chapter 5 Distributed RPR Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Chapter 5 Distributed RPR Configuration Commands 5.1 Distributed RPR Configuration Commands 5.1.1 debugging rpr backup Syntax debugging rpr backup { debug | error | event }...

  • Page 413: Link-Aggregation Group Mode Manual

    Command Manual – RPR Chapter 5 Distributed RPR Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Parameters group agg-id: Specifies an aggregation group by its ID, ranging from 1 to 31. The group ID ranges from 1 to 7 if a C-type board is used. If the keyword is not specified, the command displays information about all distributed RPR aggregation groups.

  • Page 414: Port Link-Aggregation Group

    Command Manual – RPR Chapter 5 Distributed RPR Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Parameters agg-id: ID of the aggregation group, ranging from 1 to 31. The group ID ranges from 1 to 7 if a C-type board is used. Only manual aggregation group can be used for distributed RPR.

  • Page 415: Port-Mode Mate

    Command Manual – RPR Chapter 5 Distributed RPR Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Description Use the port link-aggregation group command to add the RPR logical interface to the specified manual aggregation group. Use the undo port link-aggregation group command to remove the RPR logical interface from the specified manual aggregation group.
  • Page 416 Command Manual H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches IP Services Volume Organization Manual Version T2-08194S-20081225-C-1.24 Product Version S9500-CMW310-R1648 Organization The IP Services Volume is organized as follows: Features (command Description manual) Introduces the commands for ARP configuration. IP Address Introduces the commands for IP address configuration.
  • Page 417 Command Manual – ARP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 ARP Configuration Commands .................. 1-1 1.1 ARP Configuration Commands..................1-1 1.1.1 arp check......................... 1-1 1.1.2 arp non-flooding ...................... 1-1 1.1.3 arp proxy enable...................... 1-2 1.1.4 arp local-proxy enable.....................
  • Page 418 Command Manual – ARP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents 3.3.5 display anti-attack arp ..................... 3-7 Chapter 4 IP Packet Attack Prevention Configuration Commands.......... 4-1 4.1 IP Packet Attack Prevention Configuration Commands ............ 4-1 4.1.1 anti-attack ip ......................4-1...

  • Page 419: Chapter 1 Arp Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – ARP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 ARP Configuration Commands Chapter 1 ARP Configuration Commands 1.1 ARP Configuration Commands 1.1.1 arp check Syntax arp check enable undo arp check enable View System view Parameters None Description Use the arp check enable command to enable the ARP entry checking function, that is, to disable the switch from creating multicast MAC address ARP entries.

  • Page 420: Arp Proxy Enable

    Command Manual – ARP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 ARP Configuration Commands Parameters None Description Use the arp non-flooding enable command to configure the port not to broadcast received ARP packets in the VLAN to which it belongs.

  • Page 421: Arp Local-Proxy Enable

    Command Manual – ARP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 ARP Configuration Commands II. In VLAN interface view: By default, proxy ARP is disabled. After receiving an ARP request, the device directly sends back an ARP response if the...

  • Page 422: Arp Static

    Command Manual – ARP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 ARP Configuration Commands Use the undo arp local-proxy enable command to disable local proxy ARP. After enabled with local proxy ARP, when receiving an ARP request, the device sends back an ARP response directly if the sender and target IP addresses of the ARP request are on the same network segment as the receiving interface.

  • Page 423: Arp Static Multi-Port

    Examples # Configure an ARP entry with the MAC address 000f-e201-0000 and IP address 202.38.10.2. This static ARP entry is on Ethernet 2/1/1 in VLAN 1. [H3C] arp static 202.38.0.10 000f-e201-0000 1 ethernet2/1/1 1.1.6 arp static multi-port Syntax arp static ip-address mac-address vlan-id multi-port interface-type interface-number...
  • Page 424 Command Manual – ARP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 ARP Configuration Commands Parameters ip-address: IP address of the ARP entry. mac-address: MAC address of the ARP entry, in the format of H-H-H. For a multi-outgoing-port ARP entry, this is a multicast MAC address.

  • Page 425: Arp Timer Aging

    0150-0098-0098. Add the outgoing ports Ethernet 6/1/1, Ethernet 6/1/2 and Ethernet 11/1/3 to the ARP entry. [H3C] arp static 10.10.10.98 0150-0098-0098 20 multi-port Ethernet 6/1/1 [H3C] arp static 10.10.10.98 0150-0098-0098 20 multi-port Ethernet 6/1/2 [H3C] arp static 10.10.10.98 0150-0098-0098 20 multi-port Ethernet 11/1/3 1.1.7 arp timer aging...

  • Page 426: Debugging Arp

    Command Manual – ARP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 ARP Configuration Commands 1.1.8 debugging arp Syntax debugging arp { error | info | packet } undo debugging arp { error | info | packet } View User view Parameters error: Enables ARP error debugging.

  • Page 427: Debugging Arp Packet

    Examples # Enable the debugging for ARP packets whose source IP address is 8.8.8.1, destination address is 8.8.8.26 and source MAC address is 000a-ebf2-51a8. <H3C> debugging arp packet dip 8.8.8.26 sip 8.8.8.1 smac 000a-ebf2-51a8 dmac 0-0-0 # Disable the debugging.

  • Page 428: Display Arp

    Command Manual – ARP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 ARP Configuration Commands 1.1.10 display arp Syntax display arp [ ip-address | [ dynamic | static | vlan vlan-id | interface interface-type interface-number ] [ | { begin | include | exclude } text ] ]...

  • Page 429: Display Arp Multi-Port

    Command Manual – ARP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 ARP Configuration Commands Note: The character “.” in a regular expression is a wildcard. So, as for “2.2.2.231”, “2.2.1” matches its sub-string “2.231” and thus the ARP entry with an IP address of 2.2.2.231 is displayed as a matched entry.

  • Page 430: Display Arp Proxy

    Command Manual – ARP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 ARP Configuration Commands Mac Address :0150-0098-0098 VLAN ARP Port-List : Ethernet6/1/2 Ethernet6/1/3 Ethernet6/1/4 *Ethernet6/1/5 Ethernet6/1/6 Ethernet6/1/7 Ethernet6/1/8 Ethernet6/1/9 Ethernet6/1/1 VPN-Name :Public-ARP When a “*” precedes a port, the port is in the Up state; otherwise, the port is in the Down state.

  • Page 431: Display Debugging Arp

    Command Manual – ARP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 ARP Configuration Commands View Any view Parameters None Description Use the display arp timer aging command to view the current setting of the dynamic ARP aging timer. Related commands: arp timer aging.

  • Page 432: Gratuitous-Arp-Learning Enable

    Command Manual – ARP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 ARP Configuration Commands Table 1-3 Description on the fields of the display debugging arp command Field Description ARP packet debugging switch State of ARP packet debugging Source IP Address...

  • Page 433: Reset Arp

    Command Manual – ARP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 ARP Configuration Commands 1.1.16 reset arp Syntax reset arp [ dynamic | static | interface { interface-type interface-number } | all ] View User view Parameters dynamic: Clears the dynamic ARP mapping entries.

  • Page 434: Chapter 2 Arp Table Size Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – ARP Chapter 2 ARP Table Size Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Chapter 2 ARP Table Size Configuration Commands 2.1 ARP Table Size Configuration Commands 2.1.1 arp max-entry Syntax arp max-entry slot-num max-num undo arp max-entry slot-num...

  • Page 435: Arp Max-Aggregation-Entry

    Command Manual – ARP Chapter 2 ARP Table Size Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands 2.1.2 arp max-aggregation-entry Syntax arp max-aggregation-entry max-aggnum undo arp max-aggregation-entry View System view Parameters max-aggnum: Maximum number of ARP entries with aggregated ports (that is, aggregation ARP entries) supported by each LPU.

  • Page 436: Display Arp Max-Entry

    Command Manual – ARP Chapter 2 ARP Table Size Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands View System view Parameters 4: Configures the maximum number of ARP entries of the whole switch as 4K (1K = 1024). 64: Configure the maximum number of ARP entries of the whole switch as 64K.
  • Page 437 Command Manual – ARP Chapter 2 ARP Table Size Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Parameters None Description Use the display arp max-entry command to display the maximum numbers of current ARP entries and entries that will take effect after the switch restarts.

  • Page 438: Chapter 3 Arp Attack Prevention Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – ARP Chapter 3 ARP Attack Prevention Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Chapter 3 ARP Attack Prevention Configuration Commands 3.1 ARP Spoofing Attack Prevention Configuration Commands 3.1.1 arp entry-check Syntax arp entry-check { fixed-mac | fixed-all | send-ack }...

  • Page 439: Display Arp Entry-Check

    Command Manual – ARP Chapter 3 ARP Attack Prevention Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands undo debugging arp entry-check View User view Parameters None Description Use the debugging arp entry-check command to enable ARP spoofing attack prevention debugging. Use the undo debugging arp entry-check command to disable ARP spoofing attack prevention debugging.

  • Page 440: Arp Duplicate Gateway Attack Prevention Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – ARP Chapter 3 ARP Attack Prevention Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands 3.2 ARP Duplicate Gateway Attack Prevention Configuration Commands 3.2.1 anti-attack gateway-duplicate Syntax anti-attack gateway-duplicate { enable | disable } View System view Parameters enable: Enables ARP duplicate gateway attack prevention. With this function enabled, the switch generates an attack prevention entry after detecting a duplicate gateway address in an ARP packet.
  • Page 441 Command Manual – ARP Chapter 3 ARP Attack Prevention Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands View Any view Parameters slotid: Number of the slot where the LPU is located. Description Use the display anti-attack gateway-duplicate command to display information...

  • Page 442: Arp Packet Attack Prevention Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – ARP Chapter 3 ARP Attack Prevention Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands 3.3 ARP Packet Attack Prevention Configuration Commands 3.3.1 anti-attack arp Syntax anti-attack arp { enable | monitor | disable } View System view Parameters enable: Enables ARP packet attack prevention.

  • Page 443: Anti-Attack Arp Exclude-Mac

    Command Manual – ARP Chapter 3 ARP Attack Prevention Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands View System view Parameters time: Aging time, in seconds, for ARP packet attack prevention entries, in the range of 60 to 6000. Description Use the anti-attack arp aging-time command to configure the aging time for ARP packet attack prevention entries.

  • Page 444: Anti-Attack Arp Threshold

    Command Manual – ARP Chapter 3 ARP Attack Prevention Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Examples # Specify the protected MAC address for ARP packet attack prevention as 00-11-43-C2-6D-EF. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.
  • Page 445 Command Manual – ARP Chapter 3 ARP Attack Prevention Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Parameters slot slotid: Number of the slot where the LPU is located. Description Use the display anti-attack arp command to display information about the ARP packet attack prevention entries of a specified LPU, including the MAC address, VLAN, and port name of the attacker as well as state of the entries.
  • Page 446 Command Manual – ARP Chapter 4 IP Packet Attack Prevention Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Chapter 4 IP Packet Attack Prevention Configuration Commands 4.1 IP Packet Attack Prevention Configuration Commands 4.1.1 anti-attack ip Syntax anti-attack ip { disable | enable }...
  • Page 447 Command Manual – ARP Chapter 4 IP Packet Attack Prevention Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Description Use the anti-attack ttl1 enable command to prevent the delivery of IP packets with the TTL field being 1 to the CPU, thus avoiding such packet attacks.
  • Page 448 Command Manual – IP Address H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 IP Address Configuration Commands............... 1-1 1.1 IP Address Configuration Commands ................1-1 1.1.1 display ip host......................1-1 1.1.2 display ip interface ....................1-2 1.1.3 ip address........................

  • Page 449: Chapter 1 Ip Address Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – IP Address H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IP Address Configuration Commands Chapter 1 IP Address Configuration Commands 1.1 IP Address Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display ip host Syntax display ip host View Any view Parameters None...

  • Page 450: Display Ip Interface

    Command Manual – IP Address H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IP Address Configuration Commands 1.1.2 display ip interface Syntax display ip interface [ brief ] [ interface-type interface-number ] View Any view Parameters interface-type interface-number: Specifies a port.
  • Page 451 Command Manual – IP Address H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IP Address Configuration Commands Router advert: Router solicit: Time exceed: IP header bad: Timestamp request: Timestamp reply: Information request: Information reply: Netmask request: Netmask reply: Unknown type: DHCP packet deal mode:...

  • Page 452: Ip Address

    Command Manual – IP Address H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IP Address Configuration Commands Field Description ICMP packet input number Echo reply: Unreachable: Source quench: Total received ICMP packets, including: Routing redirect: Echo reply packets, unreachable Echo request:...
  • Page 453 Command Manual – IP Address H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IP Address Configuration Commands forward: Forwards directed broadcasts in the VLAN where the configured IP address resides. drop: Drops directed broadcasts destined for the VLAN where the configured IP address resides.

  • Page 454: Ip Host

    Command Manual – IP Address H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IP Address Configuration Commands Note: If you re-configure an IP address for a VLAN-interface and the new IP address is not in the same network segment as the previous one, the system will display whether to continue.

  • Page 455: Ip-Protect Enable

    Command Manual – IP Address H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IP Address Configuration Commands View System view Parameters hostname: Name of the host. It is a character string that consists of 1 to 20 characters, including letters, numbers, "_", or ",", and it must contain at least one letter.
  • Page 456 Command Manual – IP Address H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IP Address Configuration Commands By default, IP address protection is disabled. You can use the display this command to view the status of IP address protection (enabled/disabled) for the current VLAN interface.
  • Page 457 Command Manual – VRRP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands ................1-1 1.1 VRRP Configuration Commands ..................1-1 1.1.1 debugging vrrp ......................1-1 1.1.2 display vrrp ......................1-1 1.1.3 display vrrp ifm ......................1-3 1.1.4 display vrrp statistics ....................

  • Page 458: Chapter 1 Vrrp Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – VRRP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands 1.1 VRRP Configuration Commands 1.1.1 debugging vrrp Syntax debugging vrrp { state | packet [ interface number ] | error }...
  • Page 459 Command Manual – VRRP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands Parameters vlan-interface: Displays the VRRP status information of a specified interface. interface-number: Specifies an interface by its number. virtual-route-identifier: VRRP virtual router ID. ifm: Displays the configuration information of the IP forwarding module (IFM) device that runs VRRP.

  • Page 460: Display Vrrp Ifm

    Command Manual – VRRP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands Initialize NONE 16.16.16.192 Initialize NONE 17.17.17.192 Table 1-1 Description on the fields of the display vrrp command Field Description Run Method Mapping mode (real/virtual MAC) Virtual IP ping...

  • Page 461: Display Vrrp Statistics

    If the interface name and virtual router ID are specified, the statistics information about the specified virtual router on the interface will be displayed. Examples # Display the VRRP statistics information on VLAN-interface 2. <H3C> display vrrp statistics interface vlan-interface 2 Interface : Vlan-interface2 VRID...

  • Page 462: Display Vrrp Verbose

    Command Manual – VRRP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands Table 1-2 Description on the fields of the display vrrp statistics command Field Description Interface Interface to which the virtual router is attached VRID ID of the virtual router...
  • Page 463 Examples # Display the VRRP status information on VLAN-interface 1 of the switch. [H3C-Vlan-interface1] display vrrp verbose interface vlan-interface 1 Run Method : VIRTUAL-MAC Virtual Ip Ping : Disable...

  • Page 464: Reset Vrrp Statistics

    Command Manual – VRRP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands Field Description Auth Type Type of authentication Virtual IP Virtual IP address list of the virtual router Master IP IP address of the master of the VRRP group 1.1.6 reset vrrp statistics...

  • Page 465: Vrrp Method

    Command Manual – VRRP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands Parameters None Description Use the vrrp log-state command to enable the logging of VRRP group state changes. Use the undo vrrp log-state command to disable the logging.

  • Page 466: Vrrp Ping-Enable

    Command Manual – VRRP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands Note that: You should specify the mapping mode before configuring the virtual router. Otherwise, you cannot specify the mapping mode. Examples # Specify the mapping mode between the real MAC address of the interface and the virtual IP address of the virtual router.

  • Page 467: Vrrp Un-Check Ttl

    Command Manual – VRRP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands [H3C] vrrp ping-enable 1.1.10 vrrp un-check ttl Syntax vrrp un-check ttl undo vrrp un-check ttl View VLAN interface view Parameters None Description Use the vrrp un-check ttl command to disable the check of the TTL value of VRRP packets.

  • Page 468: Vrrp Vrid Fast-Switch

    By default, no authentication is configured. Note that an authentication key is case sensitive. Examples # Set authentication mode simple and authentication key H3C for VRRP virtual router 1 on VLAN-interface 2. <H3C> system-view [H3C] interface vlan-interface 2 [H3C-Vlan-interface2] vrrp vrid 1 authentication-mode simple H3C 1.1.12 vrrp vrid fast-switch...

  • Page 469: Vrrp Vrid Monitor

    Command Manual – VRRP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 VRRP Configuration Commands By default, the fast switch function for a virtual router in backup state is disabled. Note: After the vrrp vrid fast-switch command is executed, the vrrp vrid virtual-router-id preempt-mode timer command does not take effect.

  • Page 470: Vrrp Vrid Preempt-Mode

    # Enable monitoring interface GigabitEthernet1/1/1 of virtual router 1. <H3C> system-view [H3C] interface vlan-interface 30 [H3C-Vlan-interface30] vrrp vrid 1 monitor interface gigabitethernet 1/1/1 # Enable monitoring link aggregation group 2 of virtual router 1. <H3C> system-view [H3C] interface vlan-interface 30...

  • Page 471: Vrrp Vrid Priority

    # Configure the switch to preempt. [H3C-vlan-interface2] vrrp vrid 1 preempt-mode # Set a delay. [H3C-vlan-interface2] vrrp vrid 1 preempt-mode timer delay 5 # Configure the switch not to preempt. [H3C-vlan-interface2] undo vrrp vrid 1 preempt-mode 1.1.15 vrrp vrid priority...

  • Page 472: Vrrp Vrid Timer

    The same interval must be set for members in a VRRP group. Examples # Configure the master to transmit VRRP packets every 15 seconds. [H3C-vlan-interface2] vrrp vrid 1 timer advertise 15 1.1.17 vrrp vrid track Syntax vrrp vrid virtual-router-id track { ifm [ increased value-increased ] | interface...

  • Page 473: Vrrp Vrid Virtual-Ip

    1 on VLAN-interface 2 will be reduced by 50. <H3C> system-view [H3C] interface vlan-interface 2 [H3C-Vlan-interface2] vrrp vrid 1 track interface vlan-interface 1 reduced 50 1.1.18 vrrp vrid virtual-ip Syntax vrrp vrid virtual-router-id virtual-ip ip-address...
  • Page 474 # Add a virtual IP address for the virtual router. [H3C-vlan-interface2] vrrp vrid 1 virtual-ip 10.10.10.11 # Delete a virtual IP address. [H3C-vlan-interface2] undo vrrp vrid 1 virtual-ip 10.10.10.10 # Delete a virtual router. [H3C-vlan-interface2] undo vrrp vrid 1 1-17...
  • Page 475 Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands ................1-1 1.1 General DHCP Configuration Commands................. 1-1 1.1.1 dhcp enable......................1-1 1.1.2 dhcp select ......................1-1 1.1.3 dhcp server detect....................1-3 1.2 DHCP Server Configuration Commands ................
  • Page 476 Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents 1.3.1 debugging dhcp relay.................... 1-32 1.3.2 dhcp relay release....................1-34 1.3.3 dhcp relay security ....................1-35 1.3.4 dhcp relay security address-check................ 1-35 1.3.5 dhcp relay security tracker ..................1-36 1.3.6 dhcp relay security tracker enable ................

  • Page 477: Chapter 1 Dhcp Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands 1.1 General DHCP Configuration Commands 1.1.1 dhcp enable Syntax dhcp enable undo dhcp enable View System view Parameters None Description Use the dhcp enable command to enable DHCP.
  • Page 478 Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands undo dhcp select { interface vlan-interface vlan-id [ to vlan-interface vlan-id ] | all } View VLAN interface view, system view Parameters global: Specifies to forward DHCP packets to the local DHCP server and let the local server assign IP addresses in global address pools to DHCP clients.

  • Page 479: Dhcp Server Detect

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] interface vlan-interface 1 [H3C-Vlan-interface1] dhcp select global 1.1.3 dhcp server detect Syntax dhcp server detect undo dhcp server detect...

  • Page 480: Display Dhcp Server Forbidden-Ip

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands error: Enables/disables error debugging for the DHCP server, including errors that occur when the DHCP server processes DHCP packets or assigns IP addresses. event: Enables/disables event debugging for the DHCP server, including the assigning of IP addresses and timing out of ping packets.

  • Page 481: Dhcp Server Dns-List

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands Forbidden IP Range from 17.9.0.8 17.9.255.254 1.2.3 dhcp server dns-list Syntax In VLAN interface view: dhcp server dns-list ip-address [ ip-address ] undo dhcp server dns-list { ip-address | all }...

  • Page 482: Dhcp Server Domain-Name

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands Examples # Configure the DNS server address 1.1.1.254 for the DHCP address pool of VLAN-interface 1. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.

  • Page 483: Dhcp Server Expired

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands Examples # Configure the DHCP client domain name of the DHCP address pool of the current VLAN interface as vlan-interface1.com. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.

  • Page 484: Dhcp Server Forbidden-Ip

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands Related commands: expired. Examples # Set the unlimited IP address lease time for the DHCP address pool of VLAN-interface 1. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.

  • Page 485: Dhcp Server Ip-Pool

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands 1.2.7 dhcp server ip-pool Syntax dhcp server ip-pool pool-name undo dhcp server ip-pool pool-name View System view Parameters pool-name: Name of the address pool, a string that is of 1 to 64 characters in length. An address pool name uniquely identifies an address pool.

  • Page 486: Dhcp Server Netbios-Type

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands View VLAN interface view, system view Parameters ip-address: NetBIOS server IP address. You can specify up to eight IP addresses (separated by spaces) in one command.

  • Page 487: Dhcp Server Option

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands dhcp server netbios-type { b-node | h-node | m-node | p-node } { interface vlan-interface vlan-id [ to vlan-interface vlan-id ] | all } undo dhcp server netbios-type { interface vlan-interface vlan-id [ to vlan-interface...
  • Page 488 Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands dhcp server option code { ascii ascii-string | hex hex-string | ip-address ip-address [ ip-address ] } undo dhcp server option code In system view: dhcp server option code { ascii ascii-string | hex hex-string | ip-address ip-address...

  • Page 489: Dhcp Server Ping

    Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] interface vlan-interface 1 [H3C-Vlan-interface1] dhcp server option 100 hex 11 22 1.2.11 dhcp server ping Syntax dhcp server ping { packets number | timeout milliseconds }...

  • Page 490: Dhcp Server Static-Bind

    VLAN interface address pool only supports one-to-one MAC-IP binding. Examples # Statically bind the IP address 10.1.1.1 to the MAC address 0000-e03f-0305. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] interface vlan-interface 1 [H3C-Vlan-interface1] dhcp server static-bind ip-address 10.1.1.1 mac-address 0000-e03f-0305 1-14...

  • Page 491: Display Dhcp Server Conflict

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands 1.2.13 display dhcp server conflict Syntax display dhcp server conflict { all | ip ip-address } View Any view Parameters all: Specifies all IP addresses. ip ip-address: Specifies an IP address.

  • Page 492: Display Dhcp Server Free-Ip

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands pool [ pool-name ]: Specifies a global address pool. If you do not input a pool-name, all global address pools are included. interface [ vlan-interface vlan-id ]: Specifies a VLAN interface address pool. If you do not input a vlan-id, all VLAN interface address pools are included.

  • Page 493: Display Dhcp Server Ip-In-Use

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands Parameters None Description Use the display dhcp server free-ip command to display the ranges of available (unassigned) IP addresses in DHCP address pools. Examples # Display the ranges of available (unassigned) IP addresses in DHCP address pools.

  • Page 494: Display Dhcp Server Statistics

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands <H3C> display dhcp server ip-in-use all Global pool: IP address Hardware address Lease expiration Type 2.2.2.2 4444-4444-4444 NOT Used Manual Interface pool: IP address Hardware address...
  • Page 495 Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands Global Pool: Pool Number: Binding Auto: Manual: Expire: Interface Pool: Pool Number: Binding Auto: Manual: Expire: Boot Request: Dhcp Discover: Dhcp Request: Dhcp Decline: Dhcp Release:...

  • Page 496: Display Dhcp Server Tree

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands Field Description Boot Reply: Dhcp Offer: Total and categorized DHCP packets sent by the DHCP server Dhcp Ack: Dhcp Nak: Bad Messages Number of bad DHCP packets 1.2.18 display dhcp server tree...
  • Page 497 Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands Pool name: 6 static-bind ip-address 10.10.1.2 mask 255.0.0.0 static-bind mac-address 00e0-00fc-0001 Parent node:5 option 1 ip-address 255.255.0. expired 1 0 0 option 58 hex 00 00 A8 C0...

  • Page 498: Dns-List

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands Field Description The address pool named 6 is a child node of the one named 5 Based on the node position of the address pool named 5,...

  • Page 499: Domain-Name

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands Description Use the dns-list command to configure one or more DNS server IP addresses for a global DHCP address pool. Use the undo dns-list command to remove one or all DNS server IP addresses configured for a global DHCP address pool.

  • Page 500: Expired

    # Set the IP address lease time of the global DHCP address pool 0 to one day plus two hours and three minutes. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] dhcp server ip-pool 0 [H3C-dhcp-0] expired day 1 hour 2 minute 3 1-24...

  • Page 501: Gateway-List

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands 1.2.22 gateway-list Syntax gateway-list ip-address [ ip-address ] undo gateway-list { ip-address | all } View DHCP address pool view Parameters ip-address: IP address of an outbound gateway. You can specify up to eight IP addresses (separated by spaces) in one command.

  • Page 502: Netbios-Type

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands Parameters ip-address: IP address of a NetBIOS server. You can specify up to eight IP addresses (separated by spaces) in one command. all: Specifies all configured NetBIOS server IP addresses.

  • Page 503: Network

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands m-node: Specifies the NetBIOS node type of DHCP clients to be m-node (m stands for mixed). Nodes of this type are p nodes which take some broadcast features.
  • Page 504 Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands Description Use the network command to configure an address range for dynamic IP address assignment. Use the undo network command to remove the address range configured for dynamic IP address assignment.

  • Page 505: Reset Dhcp Server Conflict

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands Use the undo option command to remove a custom DHCP option configured for the global DHCP address pool. If you execute the option command multiple times, the new configurations overwrite the corresponding old ones Related commands: dhcp server ip-pool, dhcp server option.

  • Page 506: Reset Dhcp Server Statistics

    DHCP addresses. Related commands: display dhcp server ip-in-use. Examples # Clear the binding entries that contain the IP address of 10.110.1.1. <H3C> reset dhcp server ip-in-use ip 10.110.1.1 1.2.29 reset dhcp server statistics Syntax reset dhcp server statistics...

  • Page 507: Static-Bind Ip-Address

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands <H3C> reset dhcp server statistics 1.2.30 static-bind ip-address Syntax static-bind ip-address ip-address [ { mask netmask } | mask-length ] undo static-bind ip-address View DHCP address pool view Parameters ip-address: IP address to be bound.

  • Page 508: Static-Bind Mac-Address

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands 1.2.31 static-bind mac-address Syntax static-bind mac-address mac-address undo static-bind mac-address View DHCP address pool view Parameters mac-address: MAC address to be bound. Description Use the static-bind mac-address command to specify the MAC address to be statically bound.
  • Page 509 Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands View User view Parameters all: Enables all types of debugging. packet: Enables debugging for packets. error: Enables debugging for error messages. event: Enables debugging for events.

  • Page 510: Dhcp Relay Release

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands Table 1-6 Description on the fields of the debugging dhcp-relay command Field Description Interface The VLAN interface that forwards DHCP packets Type Type of the forwarded DHCP packet...

  • Page 511: Dhcp Relay Security

    # Configure a user address entry for a DHCP server, with an IP address of 1.1.1.1 and a MAC address of 0005-5D02-F2B3. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] dhcp relay security 1.1.1.1 0005-5D02-F2B3 static 1.3.4 dhcp relay security address-check Syntax dhcp relay security address-check { enable | disable }...

  • Page 512: Dhcp Relay Security Tracker

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands Description Use the dhcp relay security address-check enable command to enable security address checking on a VLAN interface. Use the dhcp relay security address-check disable command to disable security address checking on a VLAN interface.

  • Page 513: Dhcp Relay Security Tracker Enable

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands <H3C>system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] dhcp relay security tracker 100 1.3.6 dhcp relay security tracker enable Syntax dhcp relay security tracker enable...

  • Page 514: Display Dhcp Relay Address

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands Description Use the dhcp server detect command to enable fake DHCP server detecting. Use the undo dhcp server detect command to disable fake DHCP server detecting.

  • Page 515: Display Dhcprelay-Security

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands <H3C> display dhcp relay address interface vlan 192 Vlan-interface192 DHCP Relay Address Relay Address [0] : 193.193.1.1 Relay Address [1] : 1.1.1.1 1.3.9 display dhcprelay-security Syntax...

  • Page 516: Ip Relay Address

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands View Any view Parameters None Description Use the display dhcp relay security tracker command to display information about whether the function of handshake between the DHCP relay agent and the DHCP server is enabled and the interval at which DHCP relay agent dynamic user address entries are refreshed.

  • Page 517: Reset Dhcp Relay Statistics

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands Use the undo ip relay address command to remove the DHCP server configured for the VLAN interface to forward DHCP packets. No DHCP server is configured for a VLAN interface by default.

  • Page 518: Dhcp Option 82 Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands 1.4 DHCP Option 82 Configuration Commands 1.4.1 dhcp relay information enable Syntax To enable the Option 82 function on a VLAN interface in VLAN interface view:...

  • Page 519: Dhcp Relay Information Format

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands [H3C-Vlan-interface1] undo dhcp relay information enable 1.4.2 dhcp relay information format Syntax dhcp relay information format { normal | verbose } undo dhcp relay information format...

  • Page 520: Dhcp Relay Information Strategy

    <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z [H3C]interface vlan1 [H3C-Vlan-interface1] dhcp relay information format verbose node-identifier sysname # Restore the default node identifier of the user when the mode of relay agent Option 82 on VLAN-interface 1 is fixed network mode.

  • Page 521: Dhcp Server Relay Information Enable

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands keep: Indicates that the DHCP relay agent does not change Option 82 in packets. replace: Indicates that the DHCP relay agent replaces Option 82 in packets with its own Option 82.

  • Page 522: Dhcp Snooping Configuration Commands

    [H3C] dhcp server relay information enable # Disable the DHCP server from returning Option 82 carried in the request packets to the DHCP relay agent. [H3C] undo dhcp server relay information enable 1.5 DHCP Snooping Configuration Commands 1.5.1 debugging dhcp-snooping...

  • Page 523: Display Dhcp-Snooping Entry

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands Description Use the debugging dhcp-snooping command to enable DHCP snooping debugging. Use the undo debugging dhcp-snooping command to disable DHCP snooping debugging. By default, DHCP snooping debugging is disabled.

  • Page 524: Display Dhcp-Snooping Trust

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands T - Dynamic Temporary Item D - Dynamic Valid Item S - Static Item Interface: - Ethernet - GigabitEthernet - Link Aggregation group IpAddress MacAddress Lease(sec)

  • Page 525: Dhcp-Snooping Enable

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands DHCP snooping is enabled globally. The number of DHCP snooping trusted ports is 2. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- GigabitEthernet0/1/1 GigabitEthernet0/1/2 1.5.4 dhcp-snooping enable Syntax dhcp-snooping enable undo dhcp-snooping enable...

  • Page 526: Dhcp-Snooping Enable Vlan

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands [H3C] dhcp-snooping enable 1.5.5 dhcp-snooping enable vlan Syntax Enable DHCP snooping on a VLAN in VLAN view: dhcp-snooping enable undo dhcp-snooping enable Enable DHCP snooping on the specified VLAN in system view:...

  • Page 527: Dhcp-Snooping Entry

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands Caution: The DHCP snooping configuration on a VLAN, and DHCP relay agent or DHCP server configuration on the corresponding VLAN interface are mutually exclusive. You need to disable the DHCP relay agent or DHCP server function on the VLAN interface to make the DHCP snooping function take effect.

  • Page 528: Dhcp-Snooping Information Enable

    # Configure a static DHCP snooping entry, including IP address 10.15.178.30, MAC address 00e0-f000-030d, VLAN 10, and physical port Ethernet 3/1/4. <H3C> system-view [H3C] dhcp-snooping entry ip 10.15.178.30 mac 00e0-f000-030d vlan 10 interface ethernet 3/1/4 1.5.7 dhcp-snooping information enable Syntax...

  • Page 529: Dhcp-Snooping Information Format

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands Caution: This command can be executed only after DHCP snooping is enabled on the VLAN. Examples # Configure DHCP snooping to support Option 82 for VLAN 2.

  • Page 530: Dhcp-Snooping Information Format Verbose Node-Identifier

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands Caution: This command can be used only after the DHCP snooping Option 82 support is enabled for the VLAN. If the Option 82 is padded with the device name (sysname), the sysname must contain no spaces or special characters (such as forward slashes).

  • Page 531: Dhcp-Snooping Information Strategy

    [H3C] vlan 2 [H3C-vlan2] dhcp-snooping enable [H3C-vlan2] dhcp-snooping information enable [H3C-vlan2] dhcp-snooping information format verbose [H3C-vlan2] dhcp-snooping information format verbose node-identifier sysname 1.5.10 dhcp-snooping information strategy Syntax dhcp-snooping information strategy { drop | keep | replace } undo dhcp-snooping information strategy...

  • Page 532: Dhcp-Snooping Security Check Enable

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands Use the undo dhcp-snooping information strategy command to restore the default. By default, the handling strategy for Option 82 in DHCP requests for the VLAN is replace.

  • Page 533: Dhcp-Snooping Trust

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands Description Use the dhcp-snooping security check enable command to enable the DHCP snooping security check function. Use the undo dhcp-snooping security check enable command to disable the function.

  • Page 534: Reset Dhcp-Snooping Entry

    Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands Parameters None Description Use the dhcp-snooping trust command to configure the port as a trusted port. Use the undo dhcp-snooping trust command to restore the default state.
  • Page 535 Command Manual – DHCP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DHCP Configuration Commands Parameters mac-address: MAC address. vlan-id: VLAN ID. ip-address: IP address. port-type port-number: Specifies a port by its type and number. group-id: Aggregation group ID. dynamic: Dynamic DHCP snooping entries.
  • Page 536 Command Manual – DNS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 DNS Configuration Commands .................. 1-1 1.1 Static DNS Configuration Commands ................1-1 1.1.1 ip host........................1-1 1.1.2 display ip host......................1-1 1.2 Dynamic DNS Configuration Commands ................1-2 1.2.1 debugging dns......................

  • Page 537: Chapter 1 Dns Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – DNS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DNS Configuration Commands Chapter 1 DNS Configuration Commands 1.1 Static DNS Configuration Commands 1.1.1 ip host Syntax ip host hostname ip-address undo ip host hostname [ ip-address ] View...

  • Page 538: Dynamic Dns Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – DNS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DNS Configuration Commands Parameters None Description Use the display ip host command to view all the host names and the corresponding IP addresses. Examples # Display all host names and the corresponding IP addresses of the hosts.

  • Page 539: Display Dns Domain

    Command Manual – DNS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DNS Configuration Commands By default, DNS debugging is disabled. Examples # Enable DNS debugging <H3C> debugging dns 1.2.2 display dns domain Syntax display dns domain View Any view Parameters...

  • Page 540: Display Dns Server

    Command Manual – DNS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DNS Configuration Commands Parameters None Description Use the display dns dynamic-host command to view the dynamic domain name buffer. Examples # View the dynamic domain name buffer. <H3C> display dns dynamic-host...

  • Page 541: Dns Domain

    Command Manual – DNS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DNS Configuration Commands Examples # View the related information of the domain name server. <H3C> display dns server Domain-server Ipaddress 172.16.1.1 172.16.1.2 Table 1-4 Description on the fields of the display dns server command...

  • Page 542: Dns Resolve

    Command Manual – DNS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DNS Configuration Commands 1.2.6 dns resolve Syntax dns resolve undo dns resolve View System view Parameters None Description Use the dns resolve command to enable the dynamic domain name resolution function.

  • Page 543: Reset Dns Dynamic-Host

    Command Manual – DNS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 DNS Configuration Commands The system supports up to six domain name server. To delete the domain name server, input the IP address, and the specific server is deleted. Otherwise, all of the servers are deleted.
  • Page 544 Command Manual – UDP Helper H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 UDP Helper Configuration Commands..............1-1 1.1 UDP Helper Configuration Commands................1-1 1.1.1 debugging udp-helper ..................... 1-1 1.1.2 display udp-helper....................1-1 1.1.3 udp-helper enable ....................1-2 1.1.4 udp-helper port ......................

  • Page 545: Chapter 1 Udp Helper Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – UDP Helper H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 UDP Helper Configuration Commands Chapter 1 UDP Helper Configuration Commands 1.1 UDP Helper Configuration Commands 1.1.1 debugging udp-helper Syntax debugging udp-helper { event | packet [ receive | send ] }...

  • Page 546: Udp-Helper Enable

    Use the display udp-helper port command to display the configuration of the global UDP ports. Examples # Display the information of the destination server corresponding to VLAN-interface 1. <H3C> display udp-helper server interface vlan-interface 1 interface name server address packets sent Vlan-interface1 192.1.1.2...

  • Page 547: Udp-Helper Port

    Command Manual – UDP Helper H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 UDP Helper Configuration Commands Examples # Enable the function of forwarding UDP broadcast packets. <H3C>system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] udp-helper enable 1.1.4 udp-helper port...

  • Page 548: Udp-Helper Server

    Command Manual – UDP Helper H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 UDP Helper Configuration Commands [H3C] udp-helper port dns 1.1.5 udp-helper server Syntax udp-helper server ip-address undo udp-helper server [ ip-address ] View VLAN interface view Parameters ip-address: IP address of the destination server, in dotted decimal notation. This argument can be the address of a host or the broadcast address of a subnet.
  • Page 549 Command Manual – NAT H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 NAT Configuration Commands .................. 1-1 1.1 NAT Configuration Commands..................1-1 1.1.1 display nat address-group..................1-1 1.1.2 display nat aging-time ..................... 1-1 1.1.3 display nat all......................1-2 1.1.4 display nat auto-reset-session ................

  • Page 550: Chapter 1 Nat Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – NAT H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 NAT Configuration Commands Chapter 1 NAT Configuration Commands Note: The line processing units (LPU) mentioned in this chapter refer to LSB1NATB0. 1.1 NAT Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display nat address-group...

  • Page 551: Display Nat All

    Command Manual – NAT H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 NAT Configuration Commands View Any view Parameters None Description Use the display nat aging-time command to display the aging time of a NAT entry. Examples # View the aging times of the NAT entries of various protocols.

  • Page 552: Display Nat Auto-Reset-Session

    Command Manual – NAT H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 NAT Configuration Commands --0 entry found-- NAT outbound information: No interfaces have been configured for NAT --0 entry found-- Server in private network information: No internal servers have been configured...

  • Page 553: Display Nat Blacklist

    Command Manual – NAT H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 NAT Configuration Commands 1.1.5 display nat blacklist Syntax display nat blacklist { all | [ vpn-instance vpn-name ] ip [ ip-address ] slot slot-no } View Any view Parameters all: Displays all blacklist configurations.

  • Page 554: Display Nat Outbound

    Rate control limit uses special configuration. # Display the blacklist configurations and operation states for IP address 100.0.0.3 in VPN1. <H3C> display nat blacklist vpn-instance vpn1 ip 100.0.0.3 slot 4 Blacklist function global configuration: Blacklist function is started. Connection amount control is enabled.
  • Page 555 Command Manual – NAT H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 NAT Configuration Commands [address-group] 1 [type] pat [slot] 5 Vlan-interface3 : [acl] 2000 [address-group] 0 -- teacher [type] no-pat [slot] 5 Vlan-interface4 : [acl] 2001 [address-group] interface [type] pat...

  • Page 556: Display Nat Static

    Command Manual – NAT H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 NAT Configuration Commands 1.1.8 display nat static Syntax display nat static View Any view Parameters None Description Use the display nat static command to display all static address translation entries.

  • Page 557: Display Nat Vpn Limit

    STATIC NAT session table count entries Note: In PTA mode, hardware of S9500 series switches creates a positive stream and a reversed stream (which is used for reversed PAT) when creating a stream. However, the NAT log exports the positive stream only.

  • Page 558: Nat Address-Group

    Command Manual – NAT H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 NAT Configuration Commands vpn-instance: Queries the maximum number of users and connections of the specified VPN. vpn-name: Name of a VPN instance. Description Use the display nat vpn limit command to display the maximum number of users and connections of all the VPNs or the specified VPN of NAT.
  • Page 559 # Configure address pool 2 with addresses 203.110.10.10 to 203.110.10.110, and the description character string is teacher. <H3C> system-view [H3C] nat address-group 2 203.110.10.10 203.110.10.110 description teacher # Modify the description character string of address group 2 to teacher&student. <H3C> system-view [H3C] nat address-group 2 description teacher&student...

  • Page 560: Nat Aging-Time

    Command Manual – NAT H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 NAT Configuration Commands 1.1.12 nat aging-time Syntax nat aging-time alg time-value undo nat aging-time alg View System view Parameters alg time-value: Aging time of NAT entries requiring application level gateway (ALG) processing in seconds.

  • Page 561: Nat Blacklist Start

    Command Manual – NAT H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 NAT Configuration Commands Parameters None Description Use the nat auto-reset-session command to enable the NAT session table auto-reset function when a NAT enabled VLAN interface goes up or down.

  • Page 562: Nat Blacklist Mode

    Command Manual – NAT H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 NAT Configuration Commands Examples # Enable the blacklist function for the whole system. <H3C> system-view [H3C] nat blacklist start 1.1.15 nat blacklist mode Syntax nat blacklist mode { amount | rate | all }...

  • Page 563: Nat Blacklist Limit Amount

    Command Manual – NAT H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 NAT Configuration Commands 1.1.16 nat blacklist limit amount Syntax nat blacklist limit amount [ [ vpn-instance vpn-name ] source user-ip ] max-amount undo nat blacklist limit amount [ [ vpn-instance vpn-name ] source user-ip ]...

  • Page 564: Nat Blacklist Limit Rate

    # Set the threshold value for the number of connections to the IP address 100.0.0.1 in the private network VPN1. <H3C> system-view [H3C] nat blacklist limit amount vpn-instance vpn1 source 100.0.0.1 2222 1.1.17 nat blacklist limit rate Syntax nat blacklist limit rate [ source ip ] cir cir-value [ cbs burst-size ] [ ebs burst-size ]...

  • Page 565: Nat Blacklist Limit Rate Source

    [H3C] nat blacklist limit rate cir 20 cbs 1799 ebs 40 # Set the special threshold value for the rate of link set-up <H3C> system-view [H3C] nat blacklist limit rate source ip cir 20 cbs 1799 ebs 40 1.1.18 nat blacklist limit rate source Syntax...
  • Page 566 [H3C] nat blacklist limit rate source 2.2.2.2 # Use the special threshold value to control the rate of link set-up of the user 200.0.0.1 in the private network VPN1. <H3C> system-view [H3C] nat blacklist limit rate vpn-instance vpn1 source 200.0.0.1 1-17...

  • Page 567: Nat Outbound

    Command Manual – NAT H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 NAT Configuration Commands 1.1.19 nat outbound Syntax nat outbound acl-number [ address-group group-number [ no-pat ] ] slot slot-no undo nat outbound acl-number [ address-group group-number [ no-pat ] ] slot...
  • Page 568 NAT. The address will be translated into one of address pool 1. [H3C] interface Vlan-interface 2 [H3C-Vlan-interface2] nat outbound 3000 address-group 1 slot 3 # Configure to use one-to-one NAT (do not use TCP/UDP port information for NAT). [H3C-Vlan-interface2] nat outbound 3000 address-group 1 no-pat slot 3 1-19...
  • Page 569 # Customize a flow template, and then apply it to Ethernet 4/1/1. The interface card is located in slot 4. For details about flow template, refer to Defining and Applying Flow Template in ACL Configuration of the QoS ACL Volume. [H3C] flow-template user-defined slot 4 sip 0.0.0.0 dip 0.0.0.0 dmac 0-0-0 vlanid [H3C] interface Ethernet4/1/1...

  • Page 570: Nat Server

    Command Manual – NAT H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 NAT Configuration Commands 1.1.20 nat server Syntax nat server protocol { tcp | udp } global global-addr global-port inside [ vpn-name ] host-addr host-port slot slot-no undo nat server protocol { tcp | udp } global global-addr global-port inside...
  • Page 571 Command Manual – NAT H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 NAT Configuration Commands host-addr1 host-addr2: Specifies an address scope of internal hosts that corresponds to the address range of external service port numbers. host-addr2 must be bigger than host-addr1. The number of the address scope must be the same as the number of external service ports.
  • Page 572 202.110.10.12. Suppose that VLAN-interface 2 is connected to the ISP. <H3C> system-view [H3C] interface Vlan-interface 2 [H3C-Vlan-interface2] nat server protocol tcp global 202.110.10.10 8080 inside VPN1 10.110.10.10 www slot 3 [H3C-Vlan-interface2] nat server protocol tcp global 202.110.10.10 ftp inside VPN1 10.110.10.10 ftp slot 3...

  • Page 573: Nat Static

    [H3C-acl-adv-3001] quit # Customize a flow template, and then apply the flow template to Ethernet 4/1/1. The interface card is located in slot 4. [H3C] flow-template user-defined slot 4 sip 0.0.0.0 dip 0.0.0.0 dmac 0-0-0 vlanid [H3C] interface Ethernet4/1/1 [H3C-Ethernet4/1/1] flow-template user-defined # Reference the ACLs to redirect the packets that needs to be translated to the NAT LPU.
  • Page 574 Command Manual – NAT H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 NAT Configuration Commands undo nat static global global-addr inside [ vpn-name ] host-addr slot slot-no nat static global global-addr1 global-addr2 inside [ vpn-name ] host-addr1 host-addr2 slot slot-no undo nat static global global-addr1 global-addr2 inside [ vpn-name ] host-addr1...
  • Page 575 10.110.10.10 slot 3 # Configure ACL 3001. [H3C] acl number 3001 [H3C-acl-adv-3001] rule permit ip source 10.110.10.10 0.0.0.0 [H3C-acl-adv-3001] quit # Reference ACL 3001 to redirect packets that are to be serviced by NAT to the NAT board. Ethernet 4/1/1 is connected to the private network, and 192 is the corresponding VLAN ID.

  • Page 576: Nat Vpn Limit

    Command Manual – NAT H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 NAT Configuration Commands Caution: You need to configure QACL redirection after binding VLAN 192 to the VPN. 1.1.22 nat vpn limit Syntax nat vpn limit [ vpn-instance vpn-name ] user-limit flow-limit...

  • Page 577: Reset Nat Session

    The maximum numbers of users and connections in a VPN does not apply to the NO-PAT mode. Examples # Configure the maximum numbers of users and connections in a VPN. . <H3C> system-view [H3C] nat vpn limit vpn-instance test 5000 5500 1.1.23 reset nat session Syntax reset nat session slot slot-no View...

  • Page 578: Ip Userlog Nat

    Use the display ip userlog export command to display configurations and statistics of system logging. Examples # Display configurations of NAT logging. <H3C> display ip userlog export slot 3 NAT: IP userlog export is not enabled Version 1 export is enabled Export logs to 0.0.0.0 (Port: 0)

  • Page 579: Ip Userlog Nat Active-Time

    The ACL for NAT logging supports the SIP and DIP fields only. Examples # Employ ACL 2000 as the logging rule, and enable NAT logging. <H3C> system-view [H3C] ip userlog nat slot 3 acl 2000 1.2.3 ip userlog nat active-time Syntax ip userlog nat active-time minutes...

  • Page 580: Ip Userlog Nat Export Host

    # Set the destination address and UDP port number of log packets to 169.254.1.1 and 200 respectively. <H3C> system-view [H3C] ip userlog nat export host 169.254.1.1 200 1.2.5 ip userlog nat export source-ip Syntax ip userlog nat export source-ip src-address...

  • Page 581: Ip Userlog Nat Export Version

    IP address of log packets. Examples # Set the source IP address of log packets to 169.254.1.1. <H3C> system-view [H3C] ip userlog nat export source-ip 169.254.1.1 1.2.6 ip userlog nat export version Syntax ip userlog nat export version version-number undo ip userlog nat export version...
  • Page 582 Command Manual – NAT H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 NAT Configuration Commands Parameters None Description Use the ip userlog nat mode flow-begin command to enable the NAT server logging when an NAT connection is established and deleted. Use the undo ip userlog nat mode flow-begin command to restore the default logging mode.
  • Page 583 Command Manual – IP Performance H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 IP Performance Configuration Commands ............... 1-1 1.1 IP Performance Configuration Commands................ 1-1 1.1.1 display fib ........................ 1-1 1.1.2 display fib [ all ] ip-address [ longer ]............... 1-2 1.1.3 display fib acl......................

  • Page 584: Chapter 1 Ip Performance Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – IP Performance Chapter 1 IP Performance Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Chapter 1 IP Performance Configuration Commands 1.1 IP Performance Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display fib Syntax display fib [ all ] View Any view Parameters all: Displays all the entries, including inactive ones, in the forwarding information base (FIB).

  • Page 585: Display Fib [ All ] Ip-Address [ Longer ]

    Command Manual – IP Performance Chapter 1 IP Performance Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands 8.8.8.2/32 8.8.8.2 t[0] Vlan-interface10 8.8.8.1/32 127.0.0.1 t[0] InLoopBack0 8.8.8.0/24 8.8.8.1 t[0] Vlan-interface10 127.0.0.0/8 127.0.0.1 t[0] InLoopBack0 Table 1-1 Description on the fields of the display fib command...

  • Page 586: Display Fib Acl

    Nexthop Flag TimeStamp Interface 169.253.0.0/16 2.1.1.1 t[0] Vlan-interface1 # Display the FIB entries whose destination addresses are in the range of 169.254.0.0/16 to 169.254.0.6/16. <H3C> display fib 169.254.0.0 255.255.0.0 169.254.0.6 255.255.0.0 Destination/Mask Nexthop Flag TimeStamp Interface 169.254.0.1/16 2.1.1.1 t[0] Vlan-interface1...

  • Page 587: Display Fib

    Command Manual – IP Performance Chapter 1 IP Performance Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Parameters all: Displays all the entries, including inactive ones, in the FIB. number: ACL in number form, in the range 2000 to 2999 name: ACL in name form, a string of 1 to 32 characters.

  • Page 588: Display Fib Ip-Prefix

    Command Manual – IP Performance Chapter 1 IP Performance Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands <H3C> display fib | begin 169.254.0.0 Destination/Mask Nexthop Flag TimeStamp Interface 169.254.0.0/16 2.1.1.1 t[0] Vlan-interface1 2.0.0.0/16 2.1.1.1 t[0] Vlan-interface1 For the descriptions of the displayed fields, refer to Table 1-1.

  • Page 589: Display Icmp Statistics

    Command Manual – IP Performance Chapter 1 IP Performance Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Parameters all: Specifies to display all the entries, including inactive ones, in the FIB. Description Use the display fib [ all ] statistics command to display the total number of FIB entries.

  • Page 590: Display Ip Socket

    Command Manual – IP Performance Chapter 1 IP Performance Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Output:echo destination unreachable 0 source quench 0 redirects echo reply parameter problem timestamp information reply mask requests 0 mask replies time exceeded 0 Table 1-2 Description on the fields of the display icmp statistics command...
  • Page 591 Command Manual – IP Performance Chapter 1 IP Performance Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands socket-id: The ID of a socket, with the value ranging from 0 to 3072. Description Use the display ip socket command to display the information about the sockets in the current system.

  • Page 592: Display Ip Statistics

    Command Manual – IP Performance Chapter 1 IP Performance Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Field Description socket option The option of the socket socket state The state of the socket 1.1.9 display ip statistics Syntax display ip statistics...

  • Page 593: Display Tcp Statistics

    Command Manual – IP Performance Chapter 1 IP Performance Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Table 1-4 Description on the fields of the display ip statistics command Field Description Sum of input packets Number of received packets whose destination is...
  • Page 594 Command Manual – IP Performance Chapter 1 IP Performance Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Description Use the display tcp statistics command to view the statistics information about TCP packets. Related commands: display tcp status, reset tcp statistics. Examples # View statistics about TCP packets.
  • Page 595 Command Manual – IP Performance Chapter 1 IP Performance Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Table 1-5 Description on the fields of the display tcp statistics command Field Description Received packets Information followed is about received packets Total:753 Total number of received packets: 753...

  • Page 596: Display Tcp Status

    Command Manual – IP Performance Chapter 1 IP Performance Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Field Description Number of retransmitted timeout events: 0 Retransmitted timeout: 0, Number of connections dropped due to the connections dropped in number of retransmitted timeout events...

  • Page 597: Display Udp Statistics

    Command Manual – IP Performance Chapter 1 IP Performance Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands 03e37dc4 0.0.0.0:4001 0.0.0.0:0 Listening 04217174 100.0.0.204:23 100.0.0.253:65508 Established The displayed information indicates that a TCP connection is established. The local IP address of this TCP connection is 100.0.0.204, and the local port number is 23. The remote IP address is 100.0.0.253, and the remote port number is 65508.
  • Page 598 Command Manual – IP Performance Chapter 1 IP Performance Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Table 1-6 Description on the fields of the display udp statistics command Field Description Received packet: Total received UDP packets: 0 Total: 0 checksum error: 0...

  • Page 599: Reset Ip Statistics

    Command Manual – IP Performance Chapter 1 IP Performance Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Examples # Configure the switch to send a “time exceeded” ICMP error packet to the IP packet sender when the switch receives a packet whose TTL is “1”.

  • Page 600: Reset Udp Statistics

    Command Manual – IP Performance Chapter 1 IP Performance Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Examples # Clear the TCP statistics information. <H3C> reset tcp statistics 1.1.16 reset udp statistics Syntax reset udp statistics View User view Parameters None Description Use the reset udp statistics command to can clear the UDP statistics information.

  • Page 601: Tcp Timer Syn-Timeout

    Command Manual – IP Performance Chapter 1 IP Performance Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands When the TCP connection state changes from FIN_WAIT_1 to FIN_WAIT_2, the finwait timer is enabled. If the switch does not receive FIN packets before the finwait timer times out, the TCP connection is terminated.

  • Page 602: Tcp Window

    Command Manual – IP Performance Chapter 1 IP Performance Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands 1.1.19 tcp window Syntax tcp window window-size undo tcp window View System view Parameters window-size: The size of the sending and receiving buffers measured in kilobytes (KB), whose value ranges from 1 to 32.
  • Page 603 Command Manual – URPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 URPF Configuration Commands................1-1 1.1 URPF Configuration Commands ..................1-1 1.1.1 display urpf ......................1-1 1.1.2 reset urpf statistic ....................1-2 1.1.3 urpf enable ......................1-2...
  • Page 604 Command Manual – URPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 URPF Configuration Commands Chapter 1 URPF Configuration Commands Note: The service processor boards mentioned in this chapter refer to LSBM1NAMB0 boards. 1.1 URPF Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display urpf Syntax...
  • Page 605 Command Manual – URPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 URPF Configuration Commands 1.1.2 reset urpf statistic Syntax reset urpf statistic View VLAN interface view Parameters None Description Use the reset urpf statistic command to clear URPF statistical counters to zero.
  • Page 606 Command Manual – URPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 URPF Configuration Commands After the urpf enable command is configured, you need to configure packet redirection in Ethernet port view to redirect the packets needing URPF check to boards with URPF function (the LSBM1NAMB0 board).
  • Page 607 Command Manual H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches IP Routing Volume Organization Manual Version T2-08194S-20081225-C-1.24 Product Version S9500-CMW310-R1648 Organization The IP Routing Volume is organized as follows: Features (command Description manual) Static Route Introduces the commands for static route configuration. Introduces the commands for RIP configuration.
  • Page 608 Command Manual – Static Route H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands ..............1-1 1.1 Display Commands of the Routing Table ................1-1 1.1.1 display ip routing-table .................... 1-1 1.1.2 display ip routing-table acl..................1-2 1.1.3 display ip routing-table ip-address ................

  • Page 609: Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Static Route H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands Note: The term "router” or the router icon in this document refers to a router in a generic sense or an S9500 switch running routing protocols.

  • Page 610: Display Ip Routing-Table Acl

    Command Manual – Static Route H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands 2.2.2.1/32 DIRECT 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0 3.3.3.0/24 DIRECT 3.3.3.1 Vlan-interface3 3.3.3.1/32 DIRECT 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0 4.4.4.0/24 DIRECT 4.4.4.1 Vlan-interface4 4.4.4.1/32 DIRECT 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0 127.0.0.0/8 DIRECT 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0 127.0.0.1/32...
  • Page 611 # Display the verbose information of the Active and Inactive routes that are filtered through basic ACL 2000. <H3C> display ip routing-table acl 2000 verbose Routes matched by access-list 2000: + = Active Route, - = Last Active, # = Both...
  • Page 612 Command Manual – Static Route H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands Field Description Preference Routing preference Nexthop Next hop address Output interface, through which the data packet destined for the Interface destination network segment is sent...

  • Page 613: Display Ip Routing-Table Ip-Address

    Command Manual – Static Route H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands Field Description The route with Static flag will not be cleared from the routing table after you save it and reboot the router. Static Generally, the static route configured manually in the router belongs to a Static route.
  • Page 614 Command Manual – Static Route H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands display ip routing-table ip-address If destination address, ip-address, has corresponding route in natural mask range, this command will display all subnet routes or only the route best matching the destination address, ip-address, is displayed.

  • Page 615: Display Ip Routing-Table Ip-Address1 Ip-Address2

    Command Manual – Static Route H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands Protocol: #STATIC Preference: 60 *NextHop: 192.168.1.2 Interface: 192.168.1.1(Vlan-interface10) Vlinkindex: 0 State: <Int ActiveU Gateway Static Unicast> Age: 4:39 Cost: 0/0 Tag: 0 # There are no corresponding routes in the natural mask range (only displaying the longest matched route).

  • Page 616: Display Ip Routing-Table Ip-Prefix

    Use the display ip routing-table ip-address1 ip-address2 command to display the route information in the specified address range. Examples # Display the routing information of destination addresses ranging from 1.1.1.0 to 2.2.2.0. <H3C> display ip routing-table 1.1.1.0 24 2.2.2.0 24 Routing tables: Summary count: 3 Destination/Mask Protocol...
  • Page 617 # Configure the ip prefix list abc2, allowing the routes with the prefix as 10.1.1.0 and a mask length in the range 24 to 32 to pass. [H3C] ip ip-prefix abc2 permit 10.1.1.0 24 less-equal 32 <H3C> dis ip routing-table protocol static...

  • Page 618: Display Ip Routing-Table Protocol

    Command Manual – Static Route H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands State: <Int ActiveU Gateway Static Unicast> Age: 12:48 Cost: 0/0 Tag: 0 For explanations of the above information, see Table 1-2. 1.1.6 display ip routing-table protocol...

  • Page 619: Display Ip Routing-Table Radix

    Command Manual – Static Route H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands Summary count: 3 Destination/Mask Protocol Pre Cost Nexthop Interface 20.1.1.1/32 DIRECT 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0 127.0.0.0/8 DIRECT 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0 127.0.0.1/32 DIRECT 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0 DIRECT Routing tables status:<inactive>:...

  • Page 620: Display Ip Routing-Table Statistics

    Command Manual – Static Route H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands Radix tree for INET (2) inodes 7 routes 5: +-32+--{210.0.0.1 +--0+ | | +--8+--{127.0.0.0 | | | +-32+--{127.0.0.1 | +--1+ +--8+--{20.0.0.0 +-32+--{20.1.1.1 Table 1-3 Description on the fields of the display ip routing-table radix command...

  • Page 621: Display Ip Routing-Table Vpn-Instance

    Command Manual – Static Route H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands IS-IS OSPF O_ASE O_NSSA AGGRE Total Table 1-4 Description on the fields of the display ip routing-table statistics command Field Description Routing protocol. O_ASE indicates OSPF_ASE routes,...

  • Page 622: Display Ip Routing-Table Verbose

    Command Manual – Static Route H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands Description Use the display ip routing-table vpn-instance command to display the routing information about the VPN instance. Note: If an LSP tunnel is not established for the nexthop of some routes in the VPN, using the display ip routing-table vpn-instance vpn-instance-name statistics command does not display the number of actually active routes.
  • Page 623 Command Manual – Static Route H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands statistics of the entire routing table will be output and finally the verbose description of each route will be output. All current routes, including inactive route and invalid route, can be displayed using the display ip routing-table verbose command.

  • Page 624: Static Route Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Static Route H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands Note: * = Next hop in use does not mean that this nexthop is actually used. A nexthop is actually used as long as the corresponding preference displayed is greater than 0.

  • Page 625: Ip Route-Static

    Command Manual – Static Route H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands static-routes: VPN static route. all: All static routes. Description Use the delete vpn-instance command to remove all the static routes of the VPN. When you use this command to remove the static routes, the system will prompt your acknowledgement.
  • Page 626 Command Manual – Static Route H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands mask: Mask. mask-length: Mask length. Since "1" s in the 32-bit mask are required to be consecutive, the mask in dotted decimal format can be replaced by mask-length, which is the number of the consecutive "1"...
  • Page 627 # Configure the next hop of the default route as 129.102.0.2. [H3C] ip route-static 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 129.102.0.2 # Configure static route 129.102.0.2 255.255.255.0 in multiple VPNs. [H3C] ip route-static vpn-instance vpn1 vpn2 vpn3 129.102.0.2 255.255.255.0 null 0 # Configure static route 100.1.1.1 16 1.1.1.2, setting its tag value to 100.
  • Page 628 Command Manual – RIP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 RIP Configuration Commands..................1-1 1.1 RIP Configuration Commands ................... 1-1 1.1.1 checkzero ........................ 1-1 1.1.2 default cost ......................1-2 1.1.3 display rip ........................ 1-2 1.1.4 filter-policy export ....................

  • Page 629: Chapter 1 Rip Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – RIP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RIP Configuration Commands Chapter 1 RIP Configuration Commands Note: When a switch runs a routing protocol, it can perform the router functions. The term “router” or the router icon in this document refers to a router in a generic sense or an S9500 switch running routing protocols.

  • Page 630: Default Cost

    Command Manual – RIP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RIP Configuration Commands 1.1.2 default cost Syntax default cost value undo default cost View RIP view Parameters value: Default routing cost to be set, ranging from 1 to 16. The default value is 1.

  • Page 631: Filter-Policy Export

    Command Manual – RIP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RIP Configuration Commands Examples # Display the current running state and configuration information of RIP. <H3C> display rip RIP is running public net VPN-Instance Checkzero is on Default cost : 1...

  • Page 632: Filter-Policy Import

    Command Manual – RIP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RIP Configuration Commands View RIP view Parameters acl-number: Access control list (ACL) number used for filtering the destination addresses of the routing information. ip-prefix-name: Name of address prefix list used for filtering the destination addresses of the routing information.

  • Page 633: Host-Route

    Command Manual – RIP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RIP Configuration Commands View RIP view Parameters acl-number: Specifies an ACL for filtering the destination addresses of the routing information. ip-prefix-name: Name of address prefix list used for filtering the destination addresses of the routing information.

  • Page 634: Import-Route

    Command Manual – RIP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RIP Configuration Commands undo host-route View RIP view Parameters None Description Use the host-route command to enable RIP to accept the host route. Use the undo host-route command to reject the host route.

  • Page 635: Network

    Command Manual – RIP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RIP Configuration Commands Use the undo import-route command to cancel the routes redistributed from other protocols. By default, RIP does not redistribute any other route. The import-route command is used to redistribute the route of another protocol by using a certain cost value.

  • Page 636: Peer

    Command Manual – RIP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RIP Configuration Commands Use the undo network command to disable RIP on the interface. By default, all RIP interfaces are disabled. RIP route processes are disabled on all interfaces by default. To enable a RIP route process on an interface, use the network command.

  • Page 637: Preference

    Command Manual – RIP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RIP Configuration Commands Examples # Specify to send unicast updates to peer 202.38.165.1. [H3C-rip] peer 202.38.165.1 1.1.10 preference Syntax preference value undo preference View RIP view Parameters value: Preference value, ranging from 1 to 255. By default, the value is 100.

  • Page 638: Rip

    Command Manual – RIP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RIP Configuration Commands Description Use the reset command to reset the system configuration parameters of RIP. When you need to reconfigure parameters of RIP, this command can be used to restore to the default setting.

  • Page 639: Rip Authentication-Mode

    Command Manual – RIP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RIP Configuration Commands 1.1.13 rip authentication-mode Syntax rip authentication-mode { simple password-string | md5 { usual key-string | nonstandard key-string key-id } } undo rip authentication-mode View Interface view Parameters simple: Simple text authentication mode.

  • Page 640: Rip Input

    Command Manual – RIP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RIP Configuration Commands [H3C] interface Vlan-interface 10 [H3C-Vlan-interface10] rip version 2 [H3C-Vlan-interface10] rip authentication-mode simple aaa # Set MD5 authentication on VLAN-interface 10 with the key string as aaa and the packet type as usual.

  • Page 641: Rip Metricin

    Command Manual – RIP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RIP Configuration Commands 1.1.15 rip metricin Syntax rip metricin value undo rip metricin View Interface view Parameters value: Additional route metric added when an interface receives a packet, ranging from 0 to 16.

  • Page 642: Rip Output

    Command Manual – RIP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RIP Configuration Commands Description Use the rip metricout command to configure the additional route metric to the route when an interface transmits RIP packets. Use the undo rip metricout command to restore the default value of this additional route metric.

  • Page 643: Rip Split-Horizon

    Command Manual – RIP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RIP Configuration Commands 1.1.18 rip split-horizon Syntax rip split-horizon undo rip split-horizon View Interface view Parameters None Description Use the rip split-horizon command to configure an interface to use split horizon when transmitting RIP packets.

  • Page 644: Rip Work

    Command Manual – RIP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RIP Configuration Commands broadcast: Sends RIPv2 packets in broadcast mode. multicast: Sends RIPv2 packets in multicast mode. Description Use the rip version command to configure the version of RIP packets on an interface.
  • Page 645 Command Manual – RIP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RIP Configuration Commands Related commands: network, rip input, rip output. Examples # Disable RIP on VLAN-interface 10. [H3C] interface Vlan-interface 10 [H3C-Vlan-interface10] undo rip work 1.1.21 summary Syntax summary...

  • Page 646: Timers

    Command Manual – RIP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RIP Configuration Commands [H3C-rip] undo summary 1.1.22 timers Syntax timers { update update-timer-length | timeout timeout-timer-length } * undo timers { update | timeout } * View RIP view Parameters update-timer-length: Value of the Period Update timer, ranging from 1 to 3600 seconds.
  • Page 647 Command Manual – RIP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 RIP Configuration Commands View RIP view Parameters None Description Use the traffic-share-across-interface command to enable traffic sharing across RIP interfaces; namely, distribute traffic over equivalent routes across the interfaces on a router.
  • Page 648 Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands................1-1 1.1 OSPF Configuration Commands ..................1-1 1.1.1 abr-summary ......................1-1 1.1.2 area ......................... 1-2 1.1.3 asbr-summary ......................1-2 1.1.4 authentication-mode....................1-3 1.1.5 debugging ospf......................
  • Page 649 Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents 1.1.37 network........................ 1-39 1.1.38 nssa........................1-40 1.1.39 ospf........................1-41 1.1.40 ospf authentication-mode..................1-42 1.1.41 ospf cost ......................1-43 1.1.42 ospf dr-priority ..................... 1-44 1.1.43 ospf mib-binding ....................1-44 1.1.44 ospf mtu-enable ....................

  • Page 650: Chapter 1 Ospf Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands Note: When a switch runs a routing protocol, it can perform the router functions. The term “router” or the router icon in this document refers to a router in a generic sense or an S9500 switch running routing protocols.

  • Page 651: Area

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands areas. Route summarization refers to that the routing information is processed in the ABR and for each network segment configured with route summarization, there is only one route transmitted to other areas.

  • Page 652: Authentication-Mode

    Type-5 LSAs transformed from Type-7 LSAs. If the router is not the router in the NSSA, the summarization is disabled. Related commands: display ospf asbr-summary. Examples # Set summarization of H3C redistributed routes. [H3C] ospf [H3C-ospf-1] asbr-summary 10.2.0.0 255.255.0.0 not-advertise 1.1.4 authentication-mode...

  • Page 653: Debugging Ospf

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands Parameters simple: Uses simple text authentication mode. md5: Uses MD5 cipher text authentication mode. Description Use the authentication-mode command to configure one area of OSPF to support the authentication attribute.

  • Page 654: Default Cost

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands Parameters process-id: Process ID of OSPF. The command enables/disables all process debugging if you do not specify a process ID. event: Enables/Disables OSPF event debugging. packet: Enables/Disables OSPF packet debugging. OSPF packets include: ack: LSAck packet.

  • Page 655: Default Interval

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands undo default cost View OSPF view Parameters value: Default routing cost of an external route redistributed by OSPF, ranging from 0 to 16777214. By default, its value is 1.

  • Page 656: Default Limit

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands Because OSPF can redistribute the external routing information and broadcast it to the entire autonomous system, and redistributing routes too often will greatly affect the performances of the device, it is necessary to specify the default interval for the protocol to redistribute external routes.

  • Page 657: Default Type

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands View OSPF view Parameters tag: Default tag, ranging from 0 to 4294,967295. The default value is 1. Description Use the default tag command to configure the default tag that OSPF assigns to redistributed routes.

  • Page 658: Default-Cost

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands OSPF specifies the two types of external routing information. The command described in this section can be used to specify the default type when external routes are redistributed.

  • Page 659: Default-Route-Advertise

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands 1.1.12 default-route-advertise Syntax default-route-advertise [ always | cost value | type type-value | route-policy route-policy-name ]* undo default-route-advertise [ always | cost | type | route-policy ]*...

  • Page 660: Display Debugging Ospf

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands [H3C-ospf-1] default-route-advertise always 1.1.13 display debugging ospf Syntax display debugging ospf View Any view Description Use the display debugging ospf command to display the debugging states of global OSPF and all processes.

  • Page 661: Display Ospf Asbr-Summary

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands Description Use the display ospf abr-asbr command to display the information about the ABR and ASBR of OSPF. Examples # Display the information of the OSPF area border routers and autonomous system border routers.
  • Page 662 Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands Description Use the display ospf asbr-summary command to display the summary information of OSPF redistributed route. If the parameters are not set, the summary information of all OSPF redistributed routes will be displayed.

  • Page 663: Display Ospf Brief

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands 1.1.16 display ospf brief Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] brief View Any view Parameters process-id: Process ID of OSPF. The command is applied to all current OSPF processes if you do not specify a process ID.
  • Page 664 Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands Table 1-3 Description on the fields of the display ospf brief command Field Description RouterID Router ID of the router Border routers for connection to the area, including...

  • Page 665: Display Ospf Cumulative

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands 1.1.17 display ospf cumulative Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] cumulative View Any view Parameters process-id: Process ID of OSPF. The command is applied to all current OSPF processes if you do not specify a process ID.
  • Page 666 Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands Routing Table: Intra Area: 0 Inter Area: 0 ASE: 0 OSPF Process 1 with Router ID 12.0.0.1 Cumulations IO Statistics Type Input Output Hello 6469 6469...

  • Page 667: Display Ospf Error

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands Field Description Router Number of all Router LSAs SumNet Number of all Sumnet LSAs SumASB Number of all SumASB LSAs Neighbors Number of neighbors in this area...
  • Page 668 Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands 0: OSPF: packet size > ip length 0: OSPF: transmit error 0: OSPF: interface down 0: OSPF: unknown neighbor 0: HELLO: netmask mismatch 0: HELLO: hello timer mismatch...

  • Page 669: Display Ospf Interface

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands Field Description HELLO: router id confusion Hello packet: Router ID confusion HELLO: virtual neighbor unknown Hello packet: unknown virtual neighbor HELLO: NBMA neighbor unknown Hello packet: unknown NBMA neighbor...
  • Page 670 Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands Parameters process-id: Process ID of OSPF. The command is applied to all current OSPF processes if you do not specify a process ID. interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface.

  • Page 671: Display Ospf Lsdb

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands 1.1.20 display ospf lsdb Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] [ area-id ] lsdb [ brief | [ asbr | ase | network | nssa |...

  • Page 672: Display Ospf Nexthop

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands Adv rtr : 1.1.1.1 Ls age : 772 : 36 Seq# : 0x80000002 Chksum : 0x8594 Options : (DC) Net mask : 255.255.255.0 Tos 0 metric: 1 E type Forwarding Address :192.168.20.3...

  • Page 673: Display Ospf Peer

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands Description Use the display ospf nexthop command to display the information about the next-hop. Examples # Display the OSPF next-hop information. <H3C> display ospf nexthop OSPF Process 1 with Router ID 1.1.1.1...

  • Page 674: Display Ospf Request-Queue

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands Examples # View the neighbor brief information of OSPF. <H3C> display ospf peer brief OSPF Process 1 with Router ID 85.1.1.1 Neighbor Brief Information Virtual Link:...

  • Page 675: Display Ospf Retrans-Queue

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands RouterID: 1.1.1.1 Address: 1.1.1.1 Interface: 1.1.1.3 Area: 0.0.0.0 LSID:1.1.1.3 AdvRouter:1.1.1.3 Sequence:80000017 Age:35 Table 1-10 Description on the fields of the display ospf request-queue command Field Description...

  • Page 676: Display Ospf Routing

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands RouterID: 162.162.162.162 Address: 103.169.2.2 Interface: 103.169.2.5 Area: 0.0.0.1 Retrans list: Type: ASE LSID:129.11.77.0 AdvRouter:103.160.1.1 Type: ASE LSID:129.11.108.0 AdvRouter:103.160.1.1 Table 1-11 Description on the fields of the display ospf retrans-queue command...

  • Page 677: Display Ospf Abr-Summary

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands Destination Cost Type NextHop AdvRouter Area 10.110.0.0/16 1 Net 10.110.10.1 1.1.1.1 10.10.0.0/16 1 Stub 10.10.0.1 3.3.3.3 Total Nets: 2 Intra Area: 2 Inter Area: 0 ASE: 0...

  • Page 678: Display Ospf Graceful-Restart Status

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands <H3C> display ospf abr-summary OSPF Process 1 with Router ID 1.1.1.1 ABR summary in area 0.0.0.1, total 2: Network Mask Cost Status Used ------------- --------------- --------...

  • Page 679: Display Ospf Vlink

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands Description Use the display ospf graceful-restart status command to display the information about OSPF Graceful Restart. . Examples # Display the information about OSPF Graceful Restart.
  • Page 680 Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands Parameters process-id: ID of an OSPF process. The command is applied to all current OSPF processes if you do not specify a process ID. Description Use the display ospf vlink command to display the information about OSPF virtual links.

  • Page 681: Filter-Policy Export

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands 1.1.29 filter-policy export Syntax filter-policy { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name } export [ routing-protocol ] undo filter-policy { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name} export [ routing-protocol ]...
  • Page 682 Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands [H3C] acl number 2000 [H3C-acl-basic-2000] rule permit source 11.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 [H3C-acl-basic-2000] rule deny source any [H3C-ospf-1] filter-policy 2000 export 1.1.30 filter-policy export Syntax filter-policy { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name } export...

  • Page 683: Filter-Policy Import

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands Examples # Configure the filter condition so that the OSPF backbone area advertises only those Type-3 LSAs having passed ACL 2000. [H3C] acl number 2000 [H3C-acl-basic-2000] rule permit source 11.0.0.0 0.255.255.255...
  • Page 684 Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands Because OSPF is a link state-based dynamic routing protocol, its routing information is hidden in LSAs. OSPF, however, cannot filter advertised and received LSAs. Compared with the case with vector-based routing protocols, the use of this command is rather limited with OSPF.

  • Page 685: Graceful-Restart

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands condition for received Type-3 LSAs so that only the Type-3 LSAs having passed the filtration can be received. Use the filter-policy import command to filter the Type-3 LSAs generated locally in an OSPF area so that only those Type-3 LSAs having passed the filtration can be added into the link state database of the other areas.

  • Page 686: Import-Route

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands specifies the period of GR and it is 40 seconds by default. Use the graceful-restart compatible command to configure the OSPF protocol for the switch to perform GR in the compatible way.

  • Page 687: Import-Route-Limit

    # Specify an redistributed RIP route as the route of type 2, with the route tag as 33 and the route cost as 50. [H3C-ospf-1] import-route rip type 2 tag 33 cost 50 # Redistribute BGP routes, including IBGP routes.

  • Page 688: Log-Peer-Change

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands Examples # Set the maximum number of exterior routes allowed to be redistributed to 50 K. [H3C-ospf-1] import-route-limit 50000 1.1.36 log-peer-change Syntax log-peer-change undo log-peer-change View...

  • Page 689: Nssa

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands ip-mask: IP address wildcard (similar to the complement of the IP address mask), which also supports IP address mask input. Description Use the network command to configure the interfaces running OSPF.

  • Page 690: Ospf

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands By default, NSSA area is not configured. For all the routers connected to the NSSA area, the command nssa must be used to configure the area as the NSSA attribute.

  • Page 691: Ospf Authentication-Mode

    [H3C] router id 10.110.1.8 [H3C] ospf 120 [H3C-ospf-120] # Enable the OSPF process 120, bind the VPN instance and run the OSPF protocol. [H3C] ospf 120 router id 9.9.9.9 vpn-instance vpn9 [H3C-ospf-120] 1.1.40 ospf authentication-mode Syntax ospf authentication-mode { simple password | md5 key-id key }...

  • Page 692: Ospf Cost

    Use the ospf cost command to configure different message sending costs so as to send messages from different interfaces. Use the undo ospf cost command to restore the default cost. For H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches, the default cost for running OSPF protocol on the VLAN interface is 10. Examples # Specify the cost spent when an interface runs OSPF as 33.

  • Page 693: Ospf Dr-Priority

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands 1.1.42 ospf dr-priority Syntax ospf dr-priority value undo ospf dr-priority View Interface view Parameters value: Interface priority for electing the designated router, ranging from 0 to 255. The default value is 1.

  • Page 694: Ospf Mtu-Enable

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands Description Use the ospf mib-binding command to bind the MIB operation to the specified OSPF process. Use the undo ospf mib-binding command to restore the default.

  • Page 695: Ospf Network-Type

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands Examples # Set interface VLAN-interface 3 to write MTU value field when sending DD packets. [H3C] interface Vlan-interface 3 [H3C-Vlan-interface3] ospf mtu-enable 1.1.45 ospf network-type Syntax...

  • Page 696: Ospf Timer Dead

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands directly reachable to exchange routing information through a router that is directly reachable for both of them. Change the interface type to p2p if the router has only one peer on the NBMA network.

  • Page 697: Ospf Timer Hello

    [H3C-Vlan-interface10] ospf timer dead 80 # Configure the number of Hello packets sent on the port VLAN-interface 10 within three seconds. [H3C] interface Vlan-interface 10 [H3C-Vlan-interface10] ospf timer dead minimal multi-hello 3 1.1.47 ospf timer hello Syntax ospf timer hello seconds...

  • Page 698: Ospf Timer Poll

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands 1.1.48 ospf timer poll Syntax ospf timer poll seconds undo ospf timer poll View Interface view Parameters seconds: Specifies the poll Hello interval, ranging from 1 to 65535 and measured in seconds.

  • Page 699: Ospf Trans-Delay

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands Description Use the ospf timer retransmit command to configure the interval for LSA re-transmitting on an interface. Use the undo ospf timer retransmit command to restore the default interval value for LSA re-transmitting on the interface.

  • Page 700: Preference

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands Examples # Specify the trans-delay of transmitting LSA on the interface VLAN-interface 10 as 3 seconds. [H3C] interface Vlan-interface 10 [H3C-Vlan-interface10] ospf trans-delay 3 1.1.51 preference...

  • Page 701: Router Id

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands View User view Parameters statistics: Resets OSPF statistics. all: Resets all OSPF processes. process-id: ID of an OSPF process. If no OSPF process is specified, all OSPF processes are reset.

  • Page 702: Silent-Interface

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands Description Use the router id command to configure the ID of a router running the OSPF protocol. Use the undo router id command to cancel the router ID that has been set.

  • Page 703: Sham-Link

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands Description Use the silent-interface command to disable an interface to transmit OSPF packets. Use the undo silent-interface command to restore the default setting. By default, the interface is enabled to transmit OSPF packets.

  • Page 704: Snmp-Agent Trap Enable Ospf

    # Specify the sham-link link 1.1.1.1 2.2.2.2 to run Fast Hello Function. The dead interval time is one second. Five Hello packets are sent within one second. [H3C-ospf-1] area 0.0.0.0 [H3C-ospf-1-area-0.0.0.0] sham-link 1.1.1.1 2.2.2.2 dead minimal multi-hello 1.1.56 snmp-agent trap enable ospf Syntax...

  • Page 705: Spf-Schedule-Interval

    By adjusting SPF calculation interval, frequent network change can be restrained, which may lead to excessive bandwidth and router resource consumption. Examples # Set the OSPF route calculation interval of H3C to six seconds. [H3C-ospf-1] spf-schedule-interval 6 1.1.58 stub Syntax...

  • Page 706: Vlink-Peer

    Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands Description Use the stub command to configure an OSPF area as Stub area. Use the undo stub command to cancel the settings. By default, no area is set to be a Stub area.
  • Page 707 Command Manual – OSPF H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 OSPF Configuration Commands hello seconds: Specifies the interval for sending Hello packets on an interface. It ranges from 1 to 8192 (in seconds). This value must equal the hello seconds value of the router virtually linked to the interface.
  • Page 708 Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands ................. 1-1 1.1 IS-IS Configuration Commands ..................1-1 1.1.1 area-authentication-mode ..................1-1 1.1.2 cost-style ......................... 1-2 1.1.3 debugging isis ......................1-3 1.1.4 default-route-advertise ....................
  • Page 709 Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents 1.1.37 md5-compatible....................1-33 1.1.38 network-entity ...................... 1-33 1.1.39 preference ......................1-34 1.1.40 reset isis all......................1-35 1.1.41 reset isis peer ...................... 1-36 1.1.42 set-overload......................1-36 1.1.43 silent-interface ..................... 1-37 1.1.44 spf-delay-interval....................

  • Page 710: Chapter 1 Is-Is Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands Note: When a switch runs a routing protocol, it can perform the router functions. The term “router” or the router icon in this document refers to a router in a generic sense or an S9500 switch running routing protocols.

  • Page 711: Cost-Style

    Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands Description Use the area-authentication-mode command to configure IS-IS to authenticate the received Level-1 routing information packets (LSP, CSNP and PSNP), according to the predefined mode and password.

  • Page 712: Debugging Isis

    Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands setting is only valid for compatible, narrow-compatible and wide-compatible. Description Use the cost-style command to set the cost type of an IS-IS packet received/sent by the router.

  • Page 713: Default-Route-Advertise

    Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands configuration-error: IS-IS configuration errors. datalink-receiving-packet: Data link layer's packets-receiving status. datalink-sending-packet: Data link layer's packets-sending status. general-error: IS-IS error information. interface-information: Information about IS-IS enabled data link layer.

  • Page 714: Display Isis Graceful-Restart Status

    Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands Description Use the default-route-advertise command to create the default route of L1, L2 router. Use the undo default-route-advertise command to cancel this configuration. By default, this command uses the L2 router to create the default route. There is another mechanism for L1 routers.

  • Page 715: Display Isis Interface

    Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands IS-IS Level-1 Restart Status Restart interval: 100s SA bit supported Total Number of Interfaces: 6 Restart Status: RESTART COMPLETED IS-IS Level-2 Restart Status Restart interval: 100s...
  • Page 716 Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands <H3C> display isis interface Vlan-interface 1 verbose Interface IP Address Link.Sta IP.Sta Type Vlan-interface1 172.16.1.2 Down Down 1497 No/No Secondary IP Address SNPA Address 00e0.fc44.5f71 Csnp Interval...

  • Page 717: Display Isis Mesh-Group

    Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands 1.1.8 display isis mesh-group Syntax display isis mesh-group View Any view Parameters None Description Use the display isis mesh-group command to display the IS-IS mesh group.

  • Page 718: Display Isis Route

    Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands Description Use the display isis peer command to display IS-IS peer information. The display isis peer verbose command yields not only all the outputs of the display isis peer command, but also the area address, Uptime and IP address of the directly connected interface of the peer.

  • Page 719: Display Isis Spf-Log

    Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands Examples # View IS-IS route information. <H3C> display isis route ISIS Level - 1 Forwarding Table : Type - D -Direct, C -Connected, I -ISIS, S -Static, O -OSPF...

  • Page 720: Domain-Authentication-Mode

    Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands Examples # View the SPF calculation log of IS-IS. <H3C> display isis spf-log Details of Level 1 SPF Run: ------------------------------------------------------------------------- Trig.Event No.Of Nodes Duration(ms) StartTime IS_SPFTRIG_LSPCHANGE...

  • Page 721: Filter-Policy Export

    Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands simple-text or a cipher-text password. A simple-text password can be a character string with no more than 16 characters, for example, test918. Note that the simple-text password defined for MD5 authentication is displayed in cipher text.

  • Page 722: Filter-Policy Import

    Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands View IS-IS view Parameters acl-number: Specifies the number of the access control list, ranging from 2000 to 3999. routing-protocol: Specifies the protocols that distribute routing information, including direct, static, rip, bgp, ospf, ospf-nssa, ospf-ase, and nat.

  • Page 723: Graceful-Restart

    Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands Parameters acl-number: Specifies the number of the access control list, ranging from 2000 to 3999. Description Use the filter-policy import command to configure to filter the routes received by IS-IS.

  • Page 724: Graceful-Restart Interval

    Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands Examples # Enable the restart signaling processes of IS-IS process 1. <H3C> system-view [H3C] isis 1 [H3C-isis-1] graceful-restart 1.1.16 graceful-restart interval Syntax graceful-restart interval interval-value undo graceful-restart interval...

  • Page 725: Ignore-Lsp-Checksum-Error

    Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands Parameters None Description graceful-restart suppress-sa command suppress suppress-advertisement (SA) bit of the restart TLV. Use the undo graceful-restart suppress-sa command to disable the suppression on the SA bit.

  • Page 726: Import-Route

    Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands Parameters None Description Use the ignore-lsp-checksum-error command to configure IS-IS to discard LSPs with checksum errors. Use the undo ignore-lsp-checksum-error command to configure IS-IS to ignore the checksum error of LSP.
  • Page 727 Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands level-1: Redistributes the routes into the Level-1 routing table. level-2: Redistributes the routes into the Level-2 routing table. If no level is specified, it the routes are redistributed into level-2.

  • Page 728: Import-Route Isis Level-2 Into Level-1

    By default, routing information in a Level-2 area is not redistributed to a Level-1 area. Related commands: import-route. Examples # Inject the routes from Level-2 to Level-1 permitted by the ACL. [H3C] isis [H3C-isis] import-route isis level2 into level1 acl 2100 1.1.21 isis Syntax isis [ tag ] undo isis [ tag ]...

  • Page 729: Isis Authentication-Mode

    Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands Parameters tag: Name given to the IS-IS process. The name length should be no longer than 128 characters, and it can be 0, which means null.

  • Page 730: Isis Circuit-Level

    Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands password: Configures a password. If simple authentication is used, the password must be a simple-text password. If MD5 authentication is used, the password can be a simple-text or a cipher-text password.

  • Page 731: Isis Cost

    Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands Parameters level-1: Configures Level-1, instead of Level-2, adjacency on the current interface only. level-1-2: Configures Level-1-2 adjacency on the current interface. level-2: Configures Level-2 adjacency on the current interface only.

  • Page 732: Isis Dis-Priority

    Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands level-1: Indicates that the link cost corresponds to Level-1. level-2: Indicates that the link cost corresponds to Level-2 Description Use the isis cost command to configure the link cost of this interface when performing SPF calculation.

  • Page 733: Isis Enable

    Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands Related commands: area-authentication-mode, domain-authentication-mode. Examples # Set the priority of VLAN-interface 10 to 127. [H3C] interface Vlan-interface 10 [H3C-Vlan-interface10] isis dis-priority 127 level-2 1.1.26 isis enable...

  • Page 734: Isis Mesh-Group

    Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands 1.1.27 isis mesh-group Syntax isis mesh-group { mesh-group-number | mesh-blocked } undo isis mesh-group View Interface view Parameters mesh-group-number: Specifies the mesh group number, ranging from 1 to 4294967295.

  • Page 735: Isis Timer Hello

    Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands Parameters seconds: Specifies the CSNP packet interval on the broadcast network, ranging from 1 to 65535 and measured in seconds. By default, the value is 10 seconds.

  • Page 736: Isis Timer Hello Minimal

    Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands Description Use the isis timer hello command to configure the interval of sending Hello packet of the corresponding level. Use the undo isis timer hello command to restore the default value.

  • Page 737: Isis Timer Holding-Multiplier

    Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands consecutively sent Hello packets is not specified, the system sends three Hello packets per second. Use the undo isis timer hello minimal command to restore the default setting, that is, 10 seconds.

  • Page 738: Isis Timer Lsp

    Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands does not receive any Hello packet from the local router within this time, the router is considered dead. The hold-down time is configured on a per-interface basis. Within one area, routers may have different holddown time settings.

  • Page 739: Timer Lsp-Generation

    Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands 1.1.33 timer lsp-generation Syntax timer lsp-generation x y z [ level-1 | level-2 ] undo timer lsp-generation [ level-1 | level-2 ] View IS-IS view Parameters x: Maximum interval (in seconds) for generating LSP.

  • Page 740: Is-Level

    Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands undo isis timer retransmit View Interface view Parameters seconds: Specifies the retransmission interval of LSP packets, in seconds, in the range from 1 to 300 and the default value is five seconds.

  • Page 741: Log-Peer-Change

    Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands Description Use the is-level command to configure the level of the IS-IS router. Use the undo is-level command to restore the default value. By default, the value is level-1-2.

  • Page 742: Md5-Compatible

    Use the undo md5-compatible command to return to the defaults. By default, the system uses the MD5 algorithm in IS-IS which is compatible with that of H3C. To authenticate the devices of the vendors other than H3C using MD5 algorithm in IS-IS, configure this command. Note: You can use this command if the switch cannot interoperate with the peer switch or router through MD5 authentication.

  • Page 743: Preference

    Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands View IS-IS view Parameters network-entity-title: Specify the network entity title in the X…X.XXXX..XXXX.00 format, where the first “X…X” is the area address, the twelve Xs in the middle is the System ID of the router, and the 00 at the end is SEL.

  • Page 744: Reset Isis All

    Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands Description Use the preference command to configure the preference of IS-IS protocol. Use the undo preference command to restore the default value. Several dynamic routing protocols could run simultaneously on a router. In this case, there is an issue of sharing and selecting the routing information among all the routing protocols.

  • Page 745: Reset Isis Peer

    Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands 1.1.41 reset isis peer Syntax reset isis peer system-id View User view Parameters system-id: Specifies the system ID of IS-IS neighbor. Description Use the reset isis peer command to reset the specified IS-IS peer.

  • Page 746: Silent-Interface

    Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands Examples # Set overload flag on the current router. [H3C-isis] set-overload 1.1.43 silent-interface Syntax silent-interface silent-interface-type silent-interface-number undo silent-interface silent-interface-type silent-interface-number View IS-IS view Parameters silent-interface-type: Specifies the interface type.

  • Page 747: Spf-Slice-Size

    Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands Parameters number: Specifies number of routes to process before releasing CPU. It is in unit of piece with the range from 1000 to 50000. By default, the value is 2500 pieces.
  • Page 748 Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands Description Use the spf-slice-size command to enable IS-IS to calculate SPF routes in slices and configure the duration of each calculation. Use the undo spf-slice-size command to restore the default setting.

  • Page 749: Timer Lsp-Max-Age

    Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands Similarly, the routes with the same next hops can be summarized into one route. In this way, the sizes of the routing table, LSP packets and LSDB are reduced. Among them, the summarized route can be either a route found by IS-IS protocol, or an imported route.

  • Page 750: Timer Lsp-Refresh

    Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands 1.1.48 timer lsp-refresh Syntax timer lsp-refresh seconds undo timer lsp-refresh View IS-IS view Parameters seconds: Specifies the LSP refreshment interval, measured in seconds. The range is 1 to 65535.
  • Page 751 Command Manual – ISIS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IS-IS Configuration Commands z: Interval (in milliseconds) between two successive SPF calculation operations. It ranges from 1 to 120000 and defaults to 5500. level-1: Sets Level-1 SPF calculation interval only.
  • Page 752 Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands.................. 1-1 1.1 BGP Configuration Commands ..................1-1 1.1.1 aggregate ........................ 1-1 1.1.2 balance........................1-2 1.1.3 bgp .......................... 1-3 1.1.4 compare-different-as-med..................1-4 1.1.5 confederation id.......................
  • Page 753 Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents 1.1.37 peer as-path-acl export ..................1-36 1.1.38 peer as-path-acl import ..................1-36 1.1.39 peer connect-interface ..................1-37 1.1.40 peer default-route-advertise ................1-38 1.1.41 peer description....................1-38 1.1.42 peer ebgp-max-hop..................... 1-39 1.1.43 peer enable ......................

  • Page 754: Chapter 1 Bgp Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands Note: When a switch runs a routing protocol, it can perform the router functions. The term “router” or the router icon in this document refers to a router in a generic sense or an S9500 switch running routing protocols.

  • Page 755: Balance

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands Description Use the aggregate command to establish an aggregated record in the BGP routing table. Use the undo aggregate command to disable the function. By default, there is no route aggregation.

  • Page 756: Bgp

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands Parameters balance-number: Specifies the number of BGP equivalent routes. Description Use the balance command to set the number of BGP equivalent routes currently supported by the system.

  • Page 757: Compare-Different-As-Med

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands Note: If a router ID is configured before the bgp command is executed on a router, the router ID is applied for the BGP-enabled router; if not, the IP address of the interface (including, but not limited to, a loopback interface) that became up first is selected as the router ID.

  • Page 758: Confederation Id

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands 1.1.5 confederation id Syntax confederation id as-number undo confederation id View BGP view Parameters as-number: The ID of BGP AS confederation. It is equal to the AS number which contains the AS numbers of multiple sub-ASs.

  • Page 759: Confederation Nonstandard

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands [H3C-bgp] peer 200.1.1.1 group Remote98 1.1.6 confederation nonstandard Syntax confederation nonstandard undo confederation nonstandard View BGP view. Parameters None Description Use the confederation nonstandard command to configure the router to be compatible with routers not following RFC1965.

  • Page 760: Dampening

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands Description Use the confederation peer-as command to configure a confederation consisting of which Sub-ASs. Use the undo confederation peer-as command to delete the specified Sub-AS in the confederation.

  • Page 761: Debugging Bgp

    Examples # Modify the BGP route dampening parameters. [H3C-bgp] dampening 15 15 1000 2000 10000 1.1.9 debugging bgp Syntax debugging bgp { all | event | normal | { keepalive | mp-update | open | packet |...

  • Page 762: Default Local-Preference

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands verbose: Detailed information. Description Use the debugging bgp all command to enable all the information debugging of BGP packet and events. Use the debugging bgp event command to enable the information debugging of BGP...

  • Page 763: Default Med

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands [H3C-bgp]default local-preference 180 1.1.11 default med Syntax default med med-value undo default med View BGP view Parameters med-value: MED value to be specified. The range is 0 to 4294967295. By default, the med-value is 0.
  • Page 764 Examples # Configure a static default route. <H3C> system-view [H3C] ip route-static 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 NULL 0 # Import static routes into BGP. [H3C] bgp 100 [H3C-bgp] import-route static # Find out that no static default route is imported into BGP.

  • Page 765: Display Bgp Group

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands 1.1.13 display bgp group Syntax display bgp group [ group-name ] View Any view Parameters group-name: Specified a peer group. Description Use the display bgp group command to display the information of peer groups.

  • Page 766: Display Bgp Network

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands Field Description Configured access control list ip-prefix Configured IP address prefix list 1.1.14 display bgp network Syntax display bgp network View Any view Parameters None Description Use the display bgp network command to display the routing information that has been configured.
  • Page 767 Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands View Any view Parameters as-regular-expression: Matched AS path regular expression. Description Use the display bgp paths command to display the information about AS paths Examples # Display the information about the AS paths.

  • Page 768: Display Bgp Peer

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands Field Description Origin attribute of route, which indicates that the route updates its origin relative to the route originating it from AS. It has three optional values: The route belongs to inside of AS.
  • Page 769 Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands Peer Version: 4 Peer ID: 2.2.2.1 Local ID: 192.168.0.52 Active Holdtime: 180s, Keepalive: 60s Last traffic (seconds): Received 53 Sent 53 Checked 53 Input messages: Total 2 Updates 2...

  • Page 770: Display Bgp Routing-Table

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands Field Description Last Error Last error of neighbor state machine Options Options 1.1.17 display bgp routing-table Syntax display bgp routing-table [ ip-address [ mask ] ]...

  • Page 771: Display Bgp Routing-Table As-Path-Acl

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands Table 1-6 Description on the fields of the display bgp routing-table command Field Description State flags: # - valid (valid) ^ - best (selected) D – damped (discarded) Flags H –...
  • Page 772 Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands Description Use the display bgp routing-table as-path-acl command to display routes that match an as-path acl. Examples # Display routes that match the as-path-acl 1. <H3C> display bgp routing-table as-path-acl 1...

  • Page 773: Display Bgp Routing-Table Cidr

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands Field Description Origin attribute of route, which indicates that the route updates its origin relative to the route originating it from AS. It has three optional values: The route belongs to inside of AS.

  • Page 774: Display Bgp Routing-Table Community

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands For detailed description of the output information, see Table 1-6. 1.1.20 display bgp routing-table community Syntax display bgp routing-table community [ aa:nn ]* [ no-export-subconfed |...

  • Page 775: Display Bgp Routing-Table Dampened

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands View Any view Parameters community-list-number: Specifies a community-list. whole-match: Configures to display the exactly matched routes. Description Use the display bgp routing-table community-list command to display the routing information matching the specified BGP community list.
  • Page 776 Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands Description Use the display bgp routing-table dampened command to display BGP dampened routes. Examples # View BGP dampened information. <H3C> display bgp routing-table dampened Flags: # - valid,...

  • Page 777: Display Bgp Routing-Table Different-Origin-As

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands Field Description Origin attribute of route, which indicates that the route updates its origin relative to the route originating it from AS. It has three optional values: The route belongs to inside of AS.

  • Page 778: Display Bgp Routing-Table Flap-Info

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands 10.10.10.0/24 10.10.10.2 10.10.10.0/24 10.10.10.1 For detailed description of the output information, see Table 1-6. 1.1.24 display bgp routing-table flap-info Syntax display bgp routing-table flap-info [ regular-expression as-regular-expression |...

  • Page 779: Display Bgp Routing-Table Peer

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands Table 1-9 Description on the fields of the display bgp routing-table flap-info command Item Description State flags: # - valid (valid) ^ - best (selected) Flags D –...

  • Page 780: Display Bgp Routing-Table Regular-Expression

    BGP peer advertised or received. Related commands: display bgp peer. Examples # Display the routing information advertised by BGP peer 10.10.10.1. [H3C] display bgp routing table peer 10.10.10.1 advertised Flags: # - valid, ^ - best, D - damped,...

  • Page 781: Display Bgp Routing-Table Statistic

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands Examples # Display the routing information matched with ^600$. <H3C> display bgp routing-table regular-expression ^600$ Flags: # - valid, ^ - best, D - damped, H - history, I - internal, S –...

  • Page 782: Filter-Policy Export

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands Peer: 200.1.7.2+1062 Advertised routes total: 516 Peer: 150.1.1.2+179 Advertised routes total: 346 Peer: 2 133.1.1.2+179 Advertised routes total: 116 # Display the routing information received by all BGP peers.

  • Page 783: Filter-Policy Import

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands If the protocol argument is specified, only the imported route generated by the specified protocol is filtered and the imported routes generated by other protocols are not affected.

  • Page 784: Group

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands Use the filter-policy import command to filter the received global routing information. Use the undo filter-policy import command to remove the filtration to the received global routing information.

  • Page 785: Import-Route

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands All member peers must use the same update policy as the peer group, but they may use different ingress policies. Examples # Create an IBGP group named test.

  • Page 786: Network

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands 1.1.32 network Syntax network ip-address [ address-mask ] [ route-policy route-policy-name ] undo network ip-address [ address-mask ] [ route-policy route-policy-name ] View BGP view Parameters ip-address: Network address that BGP advertises.

  • Page 787: Peer Advertise-Community

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands The switch for reporting BGP peer changes is disabled by default. Examples # Enable the switch for reporting the BGP peer changes. <H3C> system-view [H3C] bgp [H3C-bgp] log-peer-change 1.1.34 peer advertise-community...

  • Page 788: Peer As-Number

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands Parameters group-name: Specifies name of the peer group. peer-address: Specifies IP address of the peer. number: Specifies the repeating times of local AS, ranging from 1 to 10.

  • Page 789: Peer As-Path-Acl Export

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands 1.1.37 peer as-path-acl export Syntax peer group-name as-path-acl acl-number export undo peer group-name as-path-acl acl-number export View BGP view Parameters group-name: Specifies name of the peer group.

  • Page 790: Peer Connect-Interface

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands peer-address: Specifies IP address of the peer, in dotted decimal format. acl-number: Specifies the filter list number of an AS regular expression. The range is 1 to 199.

  • Page 791: Peer Default-Route-Advertise

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands By default, BGP uses the best source interface. Usually, BGP uses the optimal route to update the source interface of the packets. However, you can set the mode of the interface to Loopback in order to send route updates even if the interface is not work normally.

  • Page 792: Peer Ebgp-Max-Hop

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands View BGP view Parameters group-name: Group name. peer-address: Address of the peer. description-line: Description information configured, which can be letters or numbers with the maximum length of 79.

  • Page 793: Peer Enable

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands By default, this feature is disabled. Examples # Allow the router to establish EBGP connection with the peer group named test indirectly connected. [H3C-bgp] peer test ebgp-max-hop 1.1.43 peer enable...

  • Page 794: Peer Filter-Policy Import

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands View BGP view Parameters group-name: Specifies the name of the peer group. acl-number: Specifies an IP ACL number, ranging from 2000 to 3999. export: Egress filter policy. It is only applicable to peer groups.

  • Page 795: Peer Graceful-Restart

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands Description Use the peer filter-policy import command to configure the filter-policy list of the routes received by a peer/peer group. Use the undo peer filter-policy import command to cancel the existing configuration.

  • Page 796: Peer Group

    # Enable Graceful-restart on an EBGP peer group named TEST, and disable Graceful-restart on Peer 10.1.1.1 in this group. <H3C>system-view [H3C-bgp] group TEST external [H3C-bgp] peer 10.1.1.1 group TEST as-number 200 [H3C-bgp] peer TEST graceful-restart [H3C-bgp] undo peer 10.1.1.1 graceful-restart 1.1.47 peer group...

  • Page 797: Peer Ip-Prefix Export

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands Examples # Add a peer to the peer group TEST. [H3C-bgp] group TEST [H3C-bgp] peer TEST as-number 2004 [H3C-bgp] peer 10.1.1.1 group TEST 1.1.48 peer ip-prefix export...

  • Page 798: Peer Next-Hop-Local

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands undo peer group-name ip-prefix prefixname import View BGP view Parameters group-name: Name of peer group. prefixname: Name of the specified ip-prefix. import: Applies the filtering policy on the route received by the specified peer/peer group.

  • Page 799: Peer Route-Limit

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands the next hop. Use the undo peer next-hop-local command to cancel the existing configuration. Examples # When BGP distributes the routes to the peer group test, it will take its own address as the next hop.

  • Page 800: Peer Password

    4000, and configure to cut off the BGP connection when the number of received routes reaches 20000 and reestablish the connection after 30 seconds. [H3C -bgp]peer out route-limit 20000 20 idle-timeout 30 1.1.52 peer password Syntax...

  • Page 801: Peer Public-As-Only

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands Use the undo peer password command to cancel the configuration. By default, BGP does not perform MD5 authentication when TCP connection is set up. Once MD5 authentication is enabled, both parties involved in the authentication must be configured with identical authentication modes and passwords.

  • Page 802: Peer Restart-Timer

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands Examples # Configure not to carry the private AS number when transmitting BGP update packets to the peer named test. [H3C-bgp] peer test public-as-only 1.1.54 peer restart-timer...

  • Page 803: Peer Route-Policy Export

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands View BGP view Parameters group-name: Name of peer group. Description Use the peer reflect-client command to configure a peer group as the route reflector client. Use the undo peer reflect-client command to cancel the existing configuration.

  • Page 804: Peer Route-Policy Import

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands Examples # Apply the Route-policy named test-policy to the route going out of the peer group test. [H3C-bgp] peer test route-policy test-policy export 1.1.57 peer route-policy import...

  • Page 805: Peer Shutdown

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands View BGP view Parameters group-name: Specifies the name of the configured peer group. seconds: The minimum interval of sending route update message. The range is from 0 to 600 seconds.

  • Page 806: Peer Timer

    The timer configured by using this command has a higher priority than the one configured by using the timer command. Examples # Configure Keepalive and Holdtime intervals of the peer group test. [H3C-bgp] peer test timer keep-alive 60 hold 180 1-53...

  • Page 807: Preference

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands 1.1.61 preference Syntax preference ebgp-value ibgp-value local-value undo preference View BGP view Parameters ebgp-value: Sets preference value for routes learned from external peers. ibgp-value: Sets preference value for routes learned from internal peers.

  • Page 808: Reflector Cluster-Id

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands Description Use the reflect between-clients command to configure the reflection of a route between clients. Use the undo reflect between-clients command to disable this function. After the route reflector is configured, the route reflector reflects the routes of one client to other clients by default.

  • Page 809: Refresh Bgp

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands Examples # Set the cluster ID of the route reflector as 80. [H3C-bgp] reflector cluster-id 80 [H3C-bgp] peer 172.38.160.10 reflect-client 1.1.64 refresh bgp Syntax refresh bgp { all | peer-address | group group-name } [ multicast | vpn-instance...

  • Page 810: Reset Bgp

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands 1.1.65 reset bgp Syntax reset bgp { all | peer-address [ flap-info ] } View User view Parameters peer-address: Resets the connection with a specified BGP peer.

  • Page 811: Reset Bgp Group

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands mask: Network mask. Description Use the reset bgp flap-info command to reset the flap-info of a route. Related commands: dampening. Examples # Reset the flap-info of all the routes that go through filter list 1.

  • Page 812: Timer

    Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands mask: Network mask. Description Use the reset dampening command to reset route attenuation information and release suppressed routes. Related commands: dampening, display bgp routing-table dampened. Examples # Reset the route attenuation information of the specified route 20.1.0.0, and release...
  • Page 813 Command Manual – BGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 BGP Configuration Commands View BGP view Parameters keepalive-interval: Sets the interval time value for keepalive time which ranges from 1 to 65535. By default, its value is 60 seconds.
  • Page 814 Command Manual – Routing Policy H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands............1-1 1.1 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands ..............1-1 1.1.1 apply as-path......................1-1 1.1.2 apply community ..................... 1-2 1.1.3 apply cost ........................

  • Page 815: Ip Routing Policy Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Routing Policy Chapter 1 IP Routing Policy Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Chapter 1 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands Note: The term “router” or the router icon in this document refers to a router in a generic sense or an S9500 switch running routing protocols.

  • Page 816: Apply Community

    Command Manual – Routing Policy Chapter 1 IP Routing Policy Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Description Use the apply as-path command to configure AS number to be added in front of the original AS path in Route-policy. Use the undo apply as-path command to cancel the AS sequence number added in front of the original AS path.

  • Page 817: Apply Cost

    Command Manual – Routing Policy Chapter 1 IP Routing Policy Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands If the matching conditions defined in the Route-policy are satisfied, the BGP community attribute is set. Related commands: apply extcommunity, display bgp routing-table community, if-match community, ip community-list, route-policy.

  • Page 818: Apply Cost-Type

    Command Manual – Routing Policy Chapter 1 IP Routing Policy Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands 1.1.4 apply cost-type Syntax apply cost-type [ internal | external ] undo apply cost-type View Route policy View Parameters internal: For BGP, it indicates when a BGP peer advertises routes to its EBGP peer, the peer uses the cost value of IGP as the MED value of BGP.

  • Page 819: Apply Ip Next-Hop

    The BGP extended community attribute is not set by default. Related commands: apply community. Examples # Apply the specified extended community attributes to BGP routes. [H3C-route-policy] apply extcommunity rt 100:1 100:2 additive 1.1.6 apply ip next-hop Syntax apply ip next-hop ip-address...

  • Page 820: Apply Isis

    Command Manual – Routing Policy Chapter 1 IP Routing Policy Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Examples # Define an Apply sub-statement. Set the next hop address of route information as 193.1.1.8 when it is used for setting route information attribute.

  • Page 821: Apply Origin

    Command Manual – Routing Policy Chapter 1 IP Routing Policy Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands View Route policy view Parameters local-preference: Newly set local preference. Description Use the apply local-preference command to configure to apply the local preference of route information.

  • Page 822: Apply Tag

    Command Manual – Routing Policy Chapter 1 IP Routing Policy Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Related commands: apply cost, apply local-preference, apply ip next-hop, apply tag, if-match interface, if-match { acl | ip-prefix }, if-match ip next-hop, if-match cost, if-match tag, route-policy.

  • Page 823: Display Ip Ip-Prefix

    Command Manual – Routing Policy Chapter 1 IP Routing Policy Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Parameters as-path-acl-number: AS path ACL number. Description Use the display ip as-path-acl command to display BGP AS path ACL information. Information about all the BGP AS path ACLs will be displayed if no as-path-acl-number is specified.

  • Page 824: Display Route-Policy

    Command Manual – Routing Policy Chapter 1 IP Routing Policy Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Table 1-1 Description of the fields of the display ip ip-prefix command Field Description name Name of ip-prefix index Internal sequence number of ip-prefix...

  • Page 825: Filter-Policy Export

    Command Manual – Routing Policy Chapter 1 IP Routing Policy Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Table 1-2 Description of the fields of the display route-policy command Field Description Route-policy Name of ip-prefix Information of the route-policy with mode configured as permit and...

  • Page 826: Filter-Policy Import

    Command Manual – Routing Policy Chapter 1 IP Routing Policy Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Related commands: filter-policy import. Note: If no rule is specified in the filter-policy command, all routes are denied by default. Examples # Define the filtering rules for advertising the routing information of RIP. Only the routing information passing the filtering of address prefix list p1 will be advertised by RIP.

  • Page 827: If-Match { Acl | Ip-Prefix

    Command Manual – Routing Policy Chapter 1 IP Routing Policy Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Use the filter-policy import command to set the condition for filtering the routing information. Use the undo filter-policy import command to cancel the setting of filter condition.

  • Page 828: If-Match As-Path

    AS 200 and AS 300. Then define a route-policy named test. An if-match sub-statement is defined for Node 10 of this route-policy, which quotes the definition of as-path. [H3C] ip as-path-acl 2 permit 200: 300 [H3C] route-policy test permit node 10 [H3C-route-policy] if-match as-path 2 1.1.18 if-match community...

  • Page 829: If-Match Cost

    AS 100 and AS 200. Then, define a route-policy named test. An if-match sub-statement is defined for Node 10 of the route-policy, which quotes the definition of the community-list. [H3C] ip community-list 1 permit 100: 200 [H3C] route-policy test permit node 10 [H3C-route-policy] if-match community 1 1.1.19 if-match cost...

  • Page 830: If-Match Interface

    Command Manual – Routing Policy Chapter 1 IP Routing Policy Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Parameters value: Specifies the required route metric value, ranging from 0 to 4294967295. Description Use the if-match cost command to configure one of the match rules of the route-policy to match the cost of the routing information.

  • Page 831: If-Match Ip Next-Hop

    Command Manual – Routing Policy Chapter 1 IP Routing Policy Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Related commands: apply cost, apply local-preference, apply origin, apply tag, if-match cost, if-match interface, if-match { acl | ip-prefix }, if-match ip next-hop, if-match tag, route-policy.

  • Page 832: If-Match Tag

    Command Manual – Routing Policy Chapter 1 IP Routing Policy Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Examples # Define an if-match sub-statement, allowing the routing information whose route next hop address passes the filtration of the prefix address list p1 to pass this if-match sub-statement.

  • Page 833: Ip Community-List

    Command Manual – Routing Policy Chapter 1 IP Routing Policy Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Parameters acl-number: Number of AS path list, ranging from 1 to 199. as-regular-expression: AS regular expression. Description Use the ip as-path-acl command to configure an AS path regular express.

  • Page 834: Ip Ip-Prefix

    Command Manual – Routing Policy Chapter 1 IP Routing Policy Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Description Use the ip community-list command to configure a BGP community list. Use the undo ip community-list command to cancel the configured BGP community list.

  • Page 835: Route-Policy

    # Define an address prefix list named p1, permitting the routes of the network segment 10.0.192.0 8 with a mask length of 17 or 18 to pass. [H3C] ip ip-prefix p1 permit 10.0.192.0 8 greater-equal 17 less-equal 18 1.1.26 route-policy...
  • Page 836 Command Manual – Routing Policy Chapter 1 IP Routing Policy Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Apply sub-statement of this node will be executed on the route. Otherwise, the route will be tested by the next node. deny: Specifies the match mode of the defined Route-policy node as deny mode.
  • Page 837 Command Manual – Route Capacity Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Route Capacity Configuration Commands ............... 1-1 1.1 Route Capacity Configuration Commands ................ 1-1 1.1.1 router route-limit ...................... 1-1 1.1.2 router vrf-limit ......................1-2...
  • Page 838 Command Manual – Route Capacity Configuration Chapter 1 Route Capacity Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Chapter 1 Route Capacity Configuration Commands 1.1 Route Capacity Configuration Commands 1.1.1 router route-limit Syntax router route-limit { 128K | 256K | 512K }...
  • Page 839 Command Manual – Route Capacity Configuration Chapter 1 Route Capacity Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands 1.1.2 router vrf-limit Syntax router vrf-limit { 256 | 512 | 1024 } View System view Parameters 256: Sets the maximum number of VPN routing & forwarding instances (VRFs) supported by current system to 256.
  • Page 840 Command Manual – Recursive Routing H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Recursive Routing Configuration Commands............1-1 1.1 Recursive Routing Configuration Commands ..............1-1 1.1.1 route-rely ......................... 1-1...
  • Page 841 Command Manual – Recursive Routing Chapter 1 Recursive Routing Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Chapter 1 Recursive Routing Configuration Commands 1.1 Recursive Routing Configuration Commands 1.1.1 route-rely Syntax route-rely [ bgp | static ] undo route-rely [ bgp | static ]...
  • Page 842 Command Manual H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches IP Multicast Volume Organization Manual Version T2-08194S-20081225-C-1.24 Product Version S9500-CMW310-R1648 Organization The IP Multicast Volume is organized as follows: Features (command Description manual) Introduces commands multicast common Multicast Common configuration. IGMP Snooping Introduces the commands for IGMP snooping configuration.
  • Page 843 Command Manual – Common Multicast Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Common Multicast Configuration Commands ............1-1 1.1 Common Multicast Configuration Commands ..............1-1 1.1.1 broadcast-suppression.................... 1-1 1.1.2 debugging multicast forwarding ................1-2 1.1.3 debugging multicast kernel-routing .................

  • Page 844: Chapter 1 Common Multicast Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Common Multicast Configuration Chapter 1 Common Multicast Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Chapter 1 Common Multicast Configuration Commands 1.1 Common Multicast Configuration Commands 1.1.1 broadcast-suppression Syntax broadcast-suppression { ratio | bandwidth bandwidth } undo broadcast-suppression...

  • Page 845: Debugging Multicast Forwarding

    Command Manual – Common Multicast Configuration Chapter 1 Common Multicast Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Caution: You cannot enable both broadcast suppression and multicast suppression simultaneously on the same card. Namely, once you have enabled broadcast suppression on some ports of a card, you cannot enable multicast suppression on the other ports of the card, and vice versa.

  • Page 846: Debugging Multicast Kernel-Routing

    Command Manual – Common Multicast Configuration Chapter 1 Common Multicast Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands By default, the debugging function is disabled. Examples # Enable the multicast packet forwarding debugging function. <H3C> debugging multicast forwarding 1.1.3 debugging multicast kernel-routing...

  • Page 847: Display Mpm Forwarding-Table

    Command Manual – Common Multicast Configuration Chapter 1 Common Multicast Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Description Use the debugging multicast status-forwarding command to enable the multicast forwarding status debugging function. Use the undo debugging multicast status-forwarding command to disable the debugging function.

  • Page 848: Display Mpm Group

    Command Manual – Common Multicast Configuration Chapter 1 Common Multicast Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Vlan20 Ethernet5/1/33 Vlan10 Ethernet5/1/31 Total 1 entry(entries) Listed Table 1-1 Description on the fields of the display mpm forwarding-table command Field Description Multicast Forwarding Cache...

  • Page 849: Display Multicast Forwarding-Table

    Command Manual – Common Multicast Configuration Chapter 1 Common Multicast Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Description Use the display mpm group command to display the information about the IP multicast groups or MAC multicast groups in a specified VLAN or all VLANs.
  • Page 850 Command Manual – Common Multicast Configuration Chapter 1 Common Multicast Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands View Any view Parameters group-address: Multicast group address, used to specify a multicast group, ranging from 224.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255. source-address: Unicast IP address of the multicast source.

  • Page 851: Display Multicast Routing-Table

    Command Manual – Common Multicast Configuration Chapter 1 Common Multicast Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Field Description (4.4.4.4, 224.2.149.17) (s,g), source IP address and multicast group Multicast forwarding cache table has an iif Vlan-interface1, 1 oifs incoming interface VLAN-interface 1 and one...

  • Page 852: Multicast Route-Limit

    Command Manual – Common Multicast Configuration Chapter 1 Common Multicast Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Multicast Routing Table Total 3 entries (4.4.4.4, 224.2.149.17) Uptime: 00:15:16, Timeout in 272 sec Upstream interface: Vlan-interface1(4.4.4.6) Downstream interface list: Vlan-interface2(2.2.2.4), Protocol 0x1: IGMP (4.4.4.4, 224.2.254.84)

  • Page 853: Multicast Routing-Enable

    Command Manual – Common Multicast Configuration Chapter 1 Common Multicast Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands undo multicast route-limit View System view Parameters limit: Capacity threshold for a multicast routing table. Description Use the multicast route-limit command to set the capacity threshold for a multicast routing table.

  • Page 854: Multicast-Suppression

    Command Manual – Common Multicast Configuration Chapter 1 Common Multicast Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Description Use the multicast routing-enable command to enable multicast routing. Use the undo multicast routing-enable command to disable multicast routing. By default, multicast routing is disabled.

  • Page 855: Reset Multicast Forwarding-Table

    Command Manual – Common Multicast Configuration Chapter 1 Common Multicast Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Caution: You cannot enable both broadcast suppression and multicast suppression simultaneously on the same card. Namely, once you have enabled broadcast suppression on some ports of a card, you cannot enable multicast suppression on the other ports of the card, and vice versa.

  • Page 856: Reset Multicast Routing-Table

    Command Manual – Common Multicast Configuration Chapter 1 Common Multicast Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands all: All MFC forward entries. group-address: Multicast group address. group-mask: Mask of multicast group address group-mask-length: Mask length of multicast group address. source-address: Source address.
  • Page 857 Command Manual – Common Multicast Configuration Chapter 1 Common Multicast Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Parameters all: All route entries in the core multicast routing table. group-address: Multicast group address. group-mask: Mask of multicast group address group-mask-length: Mask length of multicast group address.
  • Page 858 Command Manual – IGMP Snooping Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands............... 1-1 1.1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands ............... 1-1 1.1.1 debugging igmp-snooping..................1-1 1.1.2 display igmp-snooping configuration............... 1-2 1.1.3 display igmp-snooping group ..................

  • Page 859: Chapter 1 Igmp Snooping Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – IGMP Snooping Configuration Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands Note: The term "router" in this document refers to a router in a generic sense or a Layer 3 switch running an IP routing protocol.

  • Page 860: Display Igmp-Snooping Configuration

    Command Manual – IGMP Snooping Configuration Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Examples # Enable IGMP Snooping timers debugging. <H3C> debugging igmp-snooping timers IGMP snooping timers debugging switch is on. 1.1.2 display igmp-snooping configuration Syntax...

  • Page 861: Display Igmp-Snooping Group

    Command Manual – IGMP Snooping Configuration Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands 1.1.3 display igmp-snooping group Syntax display igmp-snooping group [ vlan vlan-id [ group-address] ] View Any view Parameters vlan vlan-id: Specifies the VLAN where the multicast group to be viewed is located.

  • Page 862: Display Igmp-Snooping Statistics

    Command Manual – IGMP Snooping Configuration Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Field Description IP group(s) IP multicast group IP group address IP address of the IP multicast group Host port(s) Host port of the IP multicast group...

  • Page 863: Igmp-Snooping

    Command Manual – IGMP Snooping Configuration Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Table 1-3 display igmp-snooping statistics command output description Field Description Received IGMP general query packet(s) Number of received IGMP general number queries Received IGMP specific query packet(s)

  • Page 864: Igmp-Snooping 10Ge-Non-Flooding Enable Slot

    Command Manual – IGMP Snooping Configuration Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Caution: When configuring IGMP Snooping, first enable global IGMP Snooping in system view, and then enable IGMP Snooping in VLAN view. Otherwise the IGMP Snooping function will not take effect.

  • Page 865: Igmp-Snooping Fast-Leave

    Command Manual – IGMP Snooping Configuration Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands View System view Parameters slot-num: Slot number of the interface board. Description Use the igmp-snooping 10ge-non-flooding enable slot command to suppress the ports on the specified interface board from flooding unknown multicast packets at Layer Use the undo igmp-snooping 10ge-non-flooding enable slot command to remove the configuration.
  • Page 866 Command Manual – IGMP Snooping Configuration Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Description Use the igmp-snooping fast-leave command to enable IGMP Snooping fast leave. Use the undo igmp-snooping fast-leave command to disable IGMP Snooping fast leave.

  • Page 867: Igmp-Snooping Group-Policy

    System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] interface Ethernet2/1/1 [H3C-Ethernet2/1/1] igmp-snooping fast-leave vlan 5 7 to 8 30 to 40 50 # Enable IGMP Snooping fast leave for all Ethernet ports except those in VLAN 5. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.

  • Page 868: Igmp-Snooping Host-Aging-Time

    Command Manual – IGMP Snooping Configuration Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C]acl number 2001 [H3C-acl-basic-2001]rule 0 permit source 224.1.1.1 0 [H3C-acl-basic-2001]quit # Create VLAN 2. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.

  • Page 869: Igmp-Snooping Host-Port Vlan

    Command Manual – IGMP Snooping Configuration Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands 1.1.10 igmp-snooping host-port vlan Syntax igmp-snooping host-port vlan { all | vlan-id } undo igmp-snooping host-port vlan { all | vlan-id } View...

  • Page 870: Igmp-Snooping Nonflooding-Enable

    Command Manual – IGMP Snooping Configuration Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Description Use the igmp-snooping max-response-time command to configure the maximum response time for a query. Use the undo igmp-snooping max-response-time command to restore the default value.

  • Page 871: Igmp-Snooping Router-Aging-Time

    Command Manual – IGMP Snooping Configuration Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Examples # Enable the device to suppress flooding of unknown multicast packets within their respective VLANs. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.

  • Page 872: Multicast Static Routing Port Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – IGMP Snooping Configuration Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands View User view Parameters None Description Use the reset igmp-snooping statistics command to reset the IGMP Snooping statistic information. Related commands: igmp-snooping. Examples # Clear IGMP Snooping statistic information.

  • Page 873: Igmp Snooping Load Balancing Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – IGMP Snooping Configuration Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Use the undo multicast static-router-port command to remove static routing port configuration. By default, no static routing port is configured. Examples # Configure GigabitEthernet 5/1/1 in VLAN 10 to be a static routing port.

  • Page 874: Igmp-Snooping Non-Flooding Entry-Age-Time

    Command Manual – IGMP Snooping Configuration Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Table 1-4 display igmp-snooping configuration command output description Field Description Enable IGMP-Snooping IGMP Snooping is enabled. The router port timeout Aging time of the router port...

  • Page 875: Igmp Snooping Querier Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – IGMP Snooping Configuration Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands 1.4 IGMP Snooping Querier Configuration Commands 1.4.1 display igmp-snooping configuration vlan Syntax display igmp-snooping configuration [ vlan vlan-id ] View Any view Parameters vlan vlan-id: Displays the IGMP Snooping configuration information in the specified VLAN.

  • Page 876: Igmp-Snooping General-Query Source-Ip

    Command Manual – IGMP Snooping Configuration Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands 1.4.2 igmp-snooping general-query source-ip Syntax igmp-snooping general-query source-ip { current-interface | ip-address } undo igmp-snooping general-query source-ip View VLAN view Parameters current-interface: Configures the source IP address to be carried in the IGMP queries sent by the device to be the primary IP address of the current VLAN interface.

  • Page 877: Igmp-Snooping Leave-Aggregation

    Command Manual – IGMP Snooping Configuration Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands 1.4.3 igmp-snooping leave-aggregation Syntax igmp-snooping leave-aggregation undo igmp-snooping leave-aggregation View System view Parameters None Description Use the igmp-snooping leave-aggregation command to enable the function of suppressing transparent relaying of IGMP leave messages.

  • Page 878: Igmp-Snooping Querier

    Command Manual – IGMP Snooping Configuration Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Parameters max-response-time: Maximum response time of query messages, ranging from 1 to 25, in seconds. Description Use the igmp-snooping max-response-time command to configure the maximum response time of IGMP queries in the VLAN.

  • Page 879: Igmp-Snooping Query-Interval

    Command Manual – IGMP Snooping Configuration Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Use the undo igmp-snooping querier command to disable the IGMP Snooping querier in the current VLAN. By default, the IGMP Snooping querier is not enabled in a VLAN.

  • Page 880: Igmp-Snooping Report-Aggregation

    Command Manual – IGMP Snooping Configuration Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] igmp-snooping enable Enable IGMP-Snooping ok. # Create VLAN 2. [H3C] vlan 2 # Enable IGMP Snooping in VLAN 2.

  • Page 881: Multicast Forwarding On Demand Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – IGMP Snooping Configuration Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands 1.5 Multicast Forwarding on Demand Configuration Commands 1.5.1 multicast forward according-to-need Syntax multicast forward according-to-need undo multicast forward according-to-need View VLAN view Parameters...
  • Page 882 Command Manual – IGMP Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 IGMP Configuration Commands ................1-1 1.1 IGMP Configuration Commands..................1-1 1.1.1 debugging igmp....................... 1-1 1.1.2 display igmp group ....................1-1 1.1.3 display igmp interface ..................... 1-2 1.1.4 igmp enable......................

  • Page 883: Chapter 1 Igmp Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – IGMP Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Configuration Commands Chapter 1 IGMP Configuration Commands 1.1 IGMP Configuration Commands 1.1.1 debugging igmp Syntax debugging igmp { all | event | host | packet | timer }...

  • Page 884: Display Igmp Interface

    Command Manual – IGMP Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Configuration Commands Parameters group-address: Address of the multicast group. vlan-interface interface-number: VLAN interface number. Description Use the display igmp group command to view the member information of the IGMP multicast group.
  • Page 885 Command Manual – IGMP Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Configuration Commands Parameters vlan-interface interface-number: VLAN interface number of the router, used to specify the interface. If no interface is provided, information about all the interfaces running IGMP will be displayed.

  • Page 886: Igmp Enable

    Command Manual – IGMP Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Configuration Commands Field Description query timeout Query timeout for IGMP V1 Policy to accept IGMP Filter policy for the IGMP multicast group to control reports the access to the IP multicast group...

  • Page 887: Igmp Fast-Leave

    Command Manual – IGMP Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Configuration Commands Examples # Enable IGMP on VLAN-interface 10. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] interface vlan-interface 10 [H3C-Vlan-interface10] igmp enable 1.1.5 igmp fast-leave Syntax igmp fast-leave [ vlan { vlan-id [ to vlan-id ] } &<1-10>...
  • Page 888 Command Manual – IGMP Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Configuration Commands Note: Fast leaves that are configured in system view and Ethernet port view operate separately. Fast leave works on all ports of the specified VLANs if you configure it in system view.

  • Page 889: Igmp Group-Limit

    Command Manual – IGMP Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Configuration Commands # Enable IGMP fast leave on all Ethernet ports in VLAN 5. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] igmp fast-leave vlan 5 # Enable IGMP fast leave for all Ethernet ports except those in VLAN 5.

  • Page 890: Igmp Group-Policy

    # Create a basic ACL numbered 2001. (Define destination multicast addresses using the source IP address field in ACL rules.) <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] acl number 2001 [H3C-acl-basic-2001] rule 0 permit source 224.1.1.1 0 [H3C-acl-basic-2001] quit # Create VLAN 2. <H3C> system-view...

  • Page 891: Igmp Host-Join Port

    # Add Ethernet 2/1/1 under VLAN-interface 10 to the multicast group 225.0.0.1. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] interface vlan-interface 10 [H3C-Vlan-interface10] igmp host-join 225.0.0.1 port Ethernet 2/1/1 1.1.9 igmp host-join vlan Syntax igmp host-join group-address vlan vlan-id...

  • Page 892: Igmp Lastmember-Queryinterval

    Command Manual – IGMP Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Configuration Commands View Ethernet port view Parameters group-address: Address of the multicast group to be joined. vlan-id: VLAN which the port belongs to. Description Use the igmp host-join vlan command to make an Ethernet join a multicast group.

  • Page 893: Igmp Max-Response-Time

    Command Manual – IGMP Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Configuration Commands Description Use the igmp lastmember-queryinterval command to set the time interval at which IGMP query router sends the IGMP group query message after it receives the IGMP Leave message from the host.

  • Page 894: Igmp-Report Enhance Enable

    Command Manual – IGMP Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Configuration Commands Examples # Set the maximum response time carried in host-query message to 8 seconds. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] interface vlan-interface 10 [H3C-Vlan-interface10] igmp max-response-time 8 1.1.12 igmp-report enhance enable...

  • Page 895: Igmp Robust-Count

    Command Manual – IGMP Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Configuration Commands 1.1.13 igmp robust-count Syntax igmp robust-count robust-value undo igmp robust-count View Interface view Parameters robust-value: IGMP robust value, number of times the IGMP query router sends IGMP group query message after it receives the IGMP Leave message from the host.

  • Page 896: Igmp Timer Query

    Command Manual – IGMP Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Configuration Commands Description Use the igmp timer other-querier-present command to configure the IGMP querier presence timer length. Use the undo igmp timer other-querier-present command to restore the default value.

  • Page 897: Igmp Version

    Command Manual – IGMP Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Configuration Commands By default, the interval is 60 seconds. A multicast router periodically sends IGMP query messages to check whether there are multicast group members on the network. The query interval can be modified according to the practical conditions of the network.

  • Page 898: Reset Igmp Group

    # Delete the group 225.0.0.1 from the VLAN-interface 10. <H3C> reset igmp group interface Vlan-interface10 225.0.0.1 # Delete the IGMP groups ranging from 225.1.1.0 to 225.1.1.255 on the VLAN-interface <H3C> reset igmp group interface Vlan-interface10 225.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 1.2 IGMP Proxy Configuration Commands 1.2.1 igmp proxy...
  • Page 899 Command Manual – IGMP Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Configuration Commands View Interface view Parameters interface-type: Proxy interface type. interface-number: Proxy interface number. Description Use the igmp proxy command to enable IGMP proxy for the VLAN interface and specify the IGMP proxy interface of the VLAN interface.
  • Page 900 Command Manual – PIM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 PIM Configuration Commands ................... 1-1 1.1 PIM Configuration Commands................... 1-1 1.1.1 bsr-policy ......................... 1-1 1.1.2 c-bsr ........................1-2 1.1.3 c-rp .......................... 1-3 1.1.4 crp-policy ......................... 1-4 1.1.5 debugging pim common..................

  • Page 901: Chapter 1 Pim Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – PIM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 PIM Configuration Commands Chapter 1 PIM Configuration Commands 1.1 PIM Configuration Commands 1.1.1 bsr-policy Syntax bsr-policy acl-number undo bsr-policy View PIM view Parameters acl-number: ACL number imported in BSR filtering policy, in the range of 2000 to 2999.

  • Page 902: C-Bsr

    # Configure BSR filtering policy, only 101.1.1.1/32 can be BSR and all others are illegal. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] multicast routing-enable [H3C] acl number 2000 [H3C-acl-basic-2000] rule 0 permit source 101.1.1.1 0 [H3C-acl-basic-2000] quit [H3C] pim [H3C-pim] bsr-policy 2000 1.1.2 c-bsr...

  • Page 903: C-Rp

    Command Manual – PIM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 PIM Configuration Commands By default, no candidate BSR is set. When configuring the candidate BSR, make sure sufficient bandwidth to be reserved for information exchange between BSR and other devices in the PIM domain.

  • Page 904: Crp-Policy

    Command Manual – PIM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 PIM Configuration Commands Related commands: c-bsr. Examples # Configure the switch to advertise itself as a C-RP in the PIM domain to BSR. The standard access list 2000 defines the groups related to the RP. The address of C-RP is designated as the IP address of VLAN-interface 10.

  • Page 905: Debugging Pim Common

    225.1.0.0/16. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] multicast routing-enable [H3C] acl number 3000 [H3C-acl-adv-3000] rule 0 permit source 1.1.1.1 0 destination 225.1.0.0 0.0.255.255 [H3C-acl-adv-3000] quit [H3C] pim [H3C-pim] crp-policy 3000 1.1.5 debugging pim common...

  • Page 906: Debugging Pim Dm

    Command Manual – PIM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 PIM Configuration Commands By default, common PIM debugging functions are disabled. Examples # Enable all common PIM debugging functions <H3C> debugging pim common all 1.1.6 debugging pim dm Syntax...

  • Page 907: Debugging Pim Sm

    Command Manual – PIM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 PIM Configuration Commands <H3C> debugging pim dm all 1.1.7 debugging pim sm Syntax debugging pim sm { all | mbr { alert | fresh } | verbose | mrt | msdp | timer { assert...

  • Page 908: Display Pim Bsr-Info

    Command Manual – PIM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 PIM Configuration Commands By default, PIM-SM debugging functions are disabled. Examples # Enable all PIM-SM debugging functions <H3C> debugging pim sm all 1.1.8 display pim bsr-info Syntax display pim bsr-info...

  • Page 909: Display Pim Interface

    Command Manual – PIM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 PIM Configuration Commands Field Description Bootstrap-period: 60 seconds Bootstrap interval Bootstrap-timeout: 130 second Bootstrap timeout 1.1.9 display pim interface Syntax display pim interface [interface-type interface-number ] View Any view Parameters interface-type interface-number: Specify an interface by its type and number.

  • Page 910: Display Pim Neighbor

    Command Manual – PIM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 PIM Configuration Commands Table 1-2 Description on the fields of the display pim interface command Field Description PIM version Version of PIM PIM mode PIM mode enabled on the interface (DM or SM)

  • Page 911: Display Pim Routing-Table

    Command Manual – PIM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 PIM Configuration Commands Table 1-3 Description on the fields of display pim neighbor command Field Description Neighbor Address Neighbor address Interface Interface where the neighbor has been discovered Uptime...

  • Page 912: Display Pim Rp-Info

    Command Manual – PIM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 PIM Configuration Commands Examples # View the contents of the PIM multicast routing table on the router. <H3C> display pim routing-table PIM-SM Routing Table Total 0 (*,*,RP)entry, 0 (*,G)entry, 2 (S,G)entries (192.168.1.2, 224.2.178.130),...

  • Page 913: Pim

    Command Manual – PIM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 PIM Configuration Commands Description Use the display pim rp-info command to view the RP information of multicast group. In addition, this command can also display the BSR and static RP information.

  • Page 914: Pim Bsr-Boundary

    Command Manual – PIM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 PIM Configuration Commands View System view Parameters None Description Use the pim command to enter PIM view. Use the undo pim command to clear the PIM global parameters configured in PIM view and return back to system view.

  • Page 915: Pim Dm

    Command Manual – PIM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 PIM Configuration Commands bsr-boundary command while other PIM messages can. In this way, the network is divided into different BSR domains. Each domain uses a different bootstrap router. Caution: The pim bsr-boundary command cannot build a multicast boundary.

  • Page 916: Pim Neighbor-Limit

    Command Manual – PIM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 PIM Configuration Commands <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] multicast routing-enable [H3C] interface vlan-interface 10 [H3C-Vlan-interface10] pim dm 1.1.16 pim neighbor-limit Syntax pim neighbor-limit limit...

  • Page 917: Pim Sm

    Command Manual – PIM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 PIM Configuration Commands Parameters acl-number: Basic ACL number, in the range of 2000 to 2999. Description Use the pim neighbor-policy command to set to filter the PIM neighbors on the current interface.

  • Page 918: Pim Timer Hello

    Command Manual – PIM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 PIM Configuration Commands Users need to configure the PIM-SM protocol on each interface. Generally, the PIM-SM protocol needs to be enabled on each interface. Related commands: multicast routing-enable. Examples # Enable PIM-SM on VLAN-interface 10.

  • Page 919: Pim-Sm Routing-Table Aging-Time

    Command Manual – PIM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 PIM Configuration Commands Note: You must enable PIM-DM or PIM-SM in interface view before you can proceed with this configuration. When you configure the Hello interval on an interface, the PIM neighbor hold time value is automatically set to 3.5 times the Hello interval.

  • Page 920: Register-Policy

    Command Manual – PIM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 PIM Configuration Commands Caution: If no PIM-SM-enabled interface is configured, you cannot use this command. After you use the undo pim command, disable multicast globally, or delete the last PIM-SM-enabled interface, the device resets the configured aging time of PIM-SM routing entries to the default value (210 seconds).

  • Page 921: Reset Pim Neighbor

    225.1.0.0/16 on network segment 10.10.0.0/16. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] acl number 3010 [H3C-acl-adv-3010] rule permit ip source 10.10.0.0 0.0.255.255 destination 225.1.0.0 0.0.255.255 [H3C-acl-adv-3010] quit [H3C] multicast routing-enable [H3C] pim [H3C-pim] register-policy 3010 1.1.22 reset pim neighbor...

  • Page 922: Reset Pim Routing-Table

    Command Manual – PIM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 PIM Configuration Commands 1.1.23 reset pim routing-table Syntax reset pim routing-table { all | { group-address [ mask group-mask | mask-length group-mask-length ] | source-address [ mask source-mask | mask-length...

  • Page 923: Source-Policy

    Command Manual – PIM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 PIM Configuration Commands Related commands: reset multicast routing-table, reset multicast forwarding-table, display pim routing-table. Examples # Clear the route entries with group address 225.5.4.3 from the PIM routing table.

  • Page 924: Spt-Switch-Threshold

    Use the spt-switch-threshold command to disable the device from switching from RPT to SPT. Use the undo spt-switch-threshold command to remove the configuration. By default, the S9500 series routing switches switch from RPT to SPT upon receiving the first multicast data packet. Caution: Do not disable RPT-to-SPT switchover on a static RP or C-RP;...

  • Page 925: Ssm-Mapping

    Command Manual – PIM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 PIM Configuration Commands System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] pim [H3C-pim] spt-switch-threshold infinity 1.1.26 ssm-mapping Syntax ssm-mapping group-address { mask | mask-length } source-address undo ssm-mapping { group-address { mask | mask-length } source-address | all }...
  • Page 926 Command Manual – PIM H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 PIM Configuration Commands Parameters rp-address: Static RP address, only being legal unicast IP address. acl-number: Basic ACL, used to control the range of multicast group served by static RP, which ranges from 2000 to 2999.
  • Page 927 Command Manual – Multicast VLAN H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Multicast VLAN Configuration Commands ............... 1-1 1.1 Multicast VLAN Configuration Commands ................ 1-1 1.1.1 service-type multicast....................1-1 1.2 Multicast VLAN PLUS Configuration Commands.............. 1-2 1.2.1 display multicast-vlan ....................
  • Page 928 Command Manual – Multicast VLAN Chapter 1 Multicast VLAN Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Chapter 1 Multicast VLAN Configuration Commands 1.1 Multicast VLAN Configuration Commands 1.1.1 service-type multicast Syntax service-type multicast undo service-type multicast View VLAN view Parameters...

  • Page 929: Multicast Vlan Plus Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Multicast VLAN Chapter 1 Multicast VLAN Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] vlan 2 [H3C-vlan2] service-type multicast 1.2 Multicast VLAN PLUS Configuration Commands Note: If not otherwise specified, the multicast VLAN feature mentioned in this section refers to multicast VLAN PLUS.
  • Page 930 Command Manual – Multicast VLAN Chapter 1 Multicast VLAN Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands View Any view Parameters group-id: IP address of the multicast group to be displayed. Description Use the display multicast-vlan forwarding-table command to display the created forwarding table entries.

  • Page 931: Multicast-Vlan Enable

    Command Manual – Multicast VLAN Chapter 1 Multicast VLAN Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Note: In a multicast VLAN, (*, G) entries are used for multicast traffic forwarding. The incoming VLAN of an (*, G) entry is the multicast VLAN, while the outgoing VLANs are the multicast VLAN’s sub-VLANs.

  • Page 932: Multicast-Vlan Subvlan

    Command Manual – Multicast VLAN Chapter 1 Multicast VLAN Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Examples # Configure VLAN 10 as a multicast VLAN. <H3C> system-view [H3C] vlan 10 [H3C-vlan10] multicast-vlan enable 1.2.4 multicast-vlan subvlan Syntax multicast-vlan multicast vlan-id subvlan multicast subvlan-id [ to multicast subvlan-id]...

  • Page 933: Layer 3 Multicast Disabling Command

    Command Manual – Multicast VLAN Chapter 1 Multicast VLAN Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Related commands: igmp-snooping enable. Examples # Configure VLAN 100 as a sub-VLAN of VLAN 10. <H3C> system-view [H3C]multicast-vlan 10 subvlan 100 1.3 Layer 3 Multicast Disabling Command 1.3.1 l3multicast disable...
  • Page 934 Command Manual – Multicast VLAN Chapter 1 Multicast VLAN Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Note: Boards with the suffix B or D and Type C boards with FE ports do not support vlan vlan-id-list in this command. The l3multicast disable command disables Layer 3 multicast in all the VLANs on the current port.
  • Page 935 Command Manual – MSDP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 MSDP Configuration Commands ................1-1 1.1 MSDP Configuration Commands..................1-1 1.1.1 cache-sa-enable...................... 1-1 1.1.2 debugging msdp...................... 1-1 1.1.3 display msdp brief ....................1-2 1.1.4 display msdp peer-status ..................

  • Page 936: Chapter 1 Msdp Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – MSDP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSDP Configuration Commands Chapter 1 MSDP Configuration Commands 1.1 MSDP Configuration Commands 1.1.1 cache-sa-enable Syntax cache-sa-enable undo cache-sa-enable View MSDP view Parameters None Description Use the cache-sa-enable command to enable the device to cache SA state.

  • Page 937: Display Msdp Brief

    Command Manual – MSDP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSDP Configuration Commands View User view Parameters all: All the debugging information of MSDP. connect: Debugging information of MSDP peer connection reset. event: Debugging information of MSDP event. packet: Debugging information of MSDP packet.

  • Page 938: Display Msdp Peer-Status

    Command Manual – MSDP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSDP Configuration Commands Table 1-1 Description on the fields of the display msdp brief command Field Description Peer's Address MSDP peer address MSDP peer status: Up: Session set up; MSDP peer in session Listen: Session set up;...
  • Page 939 Command Manual – MSDP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSDP Configuration Commands State: Up Up/down time: 14:41:08 Resets: 0 Connection interface: LoopBack0 (20.20.20.30) Number of sent/received messages: 867/947 Number of discarded output messages: 0 Elapsed time since last connection or counters clear: 14:42:40...
  • Page 940 Command Manual – MSDP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSDP Configuration Commands Field Description Number of discarded Number of discarded outgoing messages output messages Elapsed time since last Time passed since the information of the MSDP peer was last...

  • Page 941: Display Msdp Sa-Cache

    Command Manual – MSDP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSDP Configuration Commands 1.1.5 display msdp sa-cache Syntax display msdp sa-cache [ group-address | source-address | as-number ]* View Any view Parameters group-address: Group address of (S, G) entry.

  • Page 942: Display Msdp Sa-Count

    Command Manual – MSDP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSDP Configuration Commands Field Description Type of protocol from which the AS number is originated. “?” indicates that the system was unable to obtain the protocol type AS number of the origin RP. “?” indicates that the system was...

  • Page 943: Import-Source

    Command Manual – MSDP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSDP Configuration Commands Table 1-4 Description on the fields of the display msdp sa-count command Field Description Number of cached Source-Active Number of SA messages counted by peer entries, counted by Peer...

  • Page 944: Msdp

    H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSDP Configuration Commands <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] acl number 3001 [H3C-acl-adv-3001] rule permit ip source 10.10.0.0 0.0.255.255 destination 225.1.0.0 0.0.255.255 [H3C-acl-adv-3001] quit [H3C] msdp [H3C-msdp] import-source acl 3001 1.1.8 msdp...
  • Page 945 <H3C> msdp-tracert 10.10.1.1 225.2.2.2 20.20.20.20 # Specify the maximum number of hops that are traced and collect detailed information of SA and MSDP peer. <H3C> msdp-tracert 10.10.1.1 225.2.2.2 20.20.20.20 max-hops 10 sa-info peer-info MSDP tracert: press CTRL_C to break D-bit:...
  • Page 946 Command Manual – MSDP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSDP Configuration Commands Count of SA messages received for this (S,G,RP): 0 Count of encapsulated data packets received for this (S,G,RP):0 SA cache entry uptime: 00:30:00 , SA cache entry expiry time: 00:03:32...

  • Page 947: Originating-Rp

    Command Manual – MSDP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSDP Configuration Commands 1.1.10 originating-rp Syntax originating-rp interface-type interface-number undo originating-rp View MSDP view Parameters interface-type: Interface type. interface-number: Interface number. Description Use the originating-rp command to allow a MSDP to use the IP address of specified interface as the RP address when the SA message originated.

  • Page 948: Peer Description

    Command Manual – MSDP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSDP Configuration Commands connect-interface interface-type interface-number: Interface type and number whose primary address is used by the local device as the source IP address to establish TCP connection with remote MSDP peers.

  • Page 949: Peer Mesh-Group

    Command Manual – MSDP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSDP Configuration Commands Examples # Add descriptive text CstmrA to device 125.10.7.6 to specify that the device is Client A. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.

  • Page 950: Peer Request-Sa-Enable

    Command Manual – MSDP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSDP Configuration Commands View MSDP view Parameters peer-address: Address of the MSDP peer to which the TTL limitation applies. ttl: TTL threshold, ranging from 0 to 255. Description Use the peer minimum-ttl command to configure the minimum TTL (Time-to-Live) value of the multicast data packets encapsulated in SA messages to be sent to specified MSDP peer.

  • Page 951: Peer Sa-Cache-Maximum

    Command Manual – MSDP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSDP Configuration Commands By default, when receiving a new group join message, the device sends no SA request messages to MSDP peers but waits to receive the next SA message.

  • Page 952: Peer Sa-Policy

    Related commands: peer. Examples # Forward only those SA messages that passed the advanced IP ACL. <H3C> system-view [H3C] acl number 3000 [H3C-acl-adv-3000] rule permit ip source 170.15.0.0 0.0.255.255 destination 225.1.0.0 0.0.255.255 [H3C-acl-adv-3000] quit [H3C] msdp [H3C-msdp] peer 125.10.7.6 connect-interface vlan-interface 10 [H3C-msdp] peer 125.10.7.6 sa-policy export acl 3000...

  • Page 953: Peer Sa-Request-Policy

    Command Manual – MSDP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSDP Configuration Commands 1.1.18 peer sa-request-policy Syntax peer peer-address sa-request-policy [ acl acl-number ] undo peer peer-address sa-request-policy View MSDP view Parameters peer-address: Address from which the local device receives SA request messages sent by the specified MSDP peer.

  • Page 954: Reset Msdp Peer

    Command Manual – MSDP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSDP Configuration Commands 1.1.19 reset msdp peer Syntax reset msdp peer peer-address View User view Parameters peer-address: Address of MSDP peer. Description Use the reset msdp peer command to reset TCP connection with the specified MSDP peer, and clear all the statistics of the specified MSDP peer.

  • Page 955: Reset Msdp Statistics

    Command Manual – MSDP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSDP Configuration Commands 1.1.21 reset msdp statistics Syntax reset msdp statistics [ peer-address ] View User view Parameters peer-address: Address of the MSDP peer whose statistics, resetting information and input/output information will be cleared.

  • Page 956: Static-Rpf-Peer

    Command Manual – MSDP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSDP Configuration Commands <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] msdp [H3C-msdp] shutdown 125.10.7.6 1.1.23 static-rpf-peer Syntax static-rpf-peer peer-address [ rp-policy ip-prefix-name ] undo static-rpf-peer peer-address...

  • Page 957: Timer Retry

    Command Manual – MSDP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MSDP Configuration Commands [H3C] ip ip-prefix list1 permit 130.10.2.3 32 [H3C] ip ip-prefix list2 permit 130.10.2.4 32 [H3C] msdp [H3C-msdp] peer 130.10.7.6 connect-interface vlan-interface 10 [H3C-msdp] peer 130.10.7.5 connect-interface vlan-interface 10 [H3C-msdp] static-rpf-peer 130.10.7.6 rp-policy list1...
  • Page 958 Command Manual – MBGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration Commands..........1-1 1.1 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration Commands ............1-1 1.1.1 aggregate ........................ 1-1 1.1.2 compare-different-as-med..................1-2 1.1.3 debugging bgp mp-update ..................1-3 1.1.4 default local-preference...................
  • Page 959 Command Manual – MBGP H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents 1.1.37 peer route-policy import ..................1-26 1.1.38 preference ......................1-27 1.1.39 reflect between-clients ..................1-28 1.1.40 reflector cluster-id....................1-29 1.1.41 refresh bgp multicast................... 1-29 1.1.42 summary......................1-30...

  • Page 960: Chapter 1 Mbgp Multicast Extension Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – MBGP Chapter 1 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Chapter 1 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration Commands 1.1 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration Commands 1.1.1 aggregate Syntax aggregate address mask [ as-set | attribute-policy route-policy-name |...

  • Page 961: Compare-Different-As-Med

    Command Manual – MBGP Chapter 1 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Examples # Create an aggregation entry in the MBGP routing table, with aggregated route address as 192.213.0.0. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.

  • Page 962: Debugging Bgp Mp-Update

    Command Manual – MBGP Chapter 1 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands 1.1.3 debugging bgp mp-update Syntax debugging bgp mp-update [ receive | send ] [ verbose ] undo debugging bgp mp-update View User view Parameters receive: Debugs the MBGP Update messages received.

  • Page 963: Default Med

    Command Manual – MBGP Chapter 1 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands You can affect BGP route selection by configuring different local precedence values. Examples # Configure the default local precedence value as 180. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.

  • Page 964: Display Bgp Multicast Group

    Command Manual – MBGP Chapter 1 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands 1.1.6 display bgp multicast group Syntax display bgp multicast group [ group-name ] View Any view Parameters group-name: Peer group. If no peer group is specified, the information about all peer groups will be displayed.

  • Page 965: Display Bgp Multicast Peer

    Command Manual – MBGP Chapter 1 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands 1.1.8 display bgp multicast peer Syntax display bgp multicast peer [ peer-address ] [ verbose ] View Any view Parameters peer-address: Peer address, in dotted decimal format.

  • Page 966: Display Bgp Multicast Routing-Table As-Path-Acl

    Use the display bgp multicast routing-table as-path-acl command to view routes that match an as-path acl. Examples # Display routes that match the as-path-acl 2. <H3C> display bgp multicast routing-table as-path-acl 2 1.1.11 display bgp multicast routing-table cidr Syntax display bgp multicast routing-table cidr...

  • Page 967: Display Bgp Multicast Routing-Table Community

    Use the display bgp multicast routing-table community command to view routing information of a specified MBGP community. Examples # Display routing information of the specified MBGP community <H3C> display bgp multicast routing-table community 600:1 1.1.13 display bgp multicast routing-table community-list Syntax display bgp multicast routing-table community-list community-list-number...

  • Page 968: Display Bgp Multicast Routing-Table Different-Origin-As

    Use the display bgp multicast routing-table community-list command to view the routing information of a specified MBGP community list. Examples # Display routing information of the specified MBGP community list. <H3C> display bgp multicast routing-table community-list 1 1.1.14 display bgp multicast routing-table different-origin-as Syntax display bgp multicast routing-table different-origin-as...

  • Page 969: Display Bgp Multicast Routing-Table Regular-Expression

    Use the display bgp multicast routing-table peer command to view the routes received/advertised at/to the specified peer. Examples # Display routing information advertised to the peer 10.10.1.11. <H3C> display bgp multicast routing-table peer 10.10.1.11 advertised 1.1.16 display bgp multicast routing-table regular-expression Syntax display bgp multicast routing-table regular-expression as-regular-expression...

  • Page 970: Filter-Policy Import

    Command Manual – MBGP Chapter 1 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Parameters acl-number: Number of ACL used in matching the destination address domain of routing information, in the range of 2000 to 3999. ip-prefix-name: Name of the IP prefix used in matching the destination address domain of routing information, in the range of 1 to 19.

  • Page 971: Import-Route

    Command Manual – MBGP Chapter 1 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Parameters acl-number: Number of ACL used in matching the destination address domain of routing information, in the range of 2000 to 3999. ip-prefix ip-prefix-name: Specifies the IP prefix used in matching the destination address domain of routing information, in the range of 1 to 19.

  • Page 972: Ipv4-Family Multicast

    Command Manual – MBGP Chapter 1 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands route-policy-name: Route policy used for importing routes. Description Use the import-route command to import routing information of other protocols into MBGP. Use the undo import-route command to cancel the importing.

  • Page 973: Network

    Command Manual – MBGP Chapter 1 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands 1.1.21 network Syntax network ip-address [ address-mask ] [ route-policy route-policy-name ] undo network ip-address [ address-mask ] [ route-policy route-policy-name ] View IPv4 multicast sub-address family view Parameters ip-address: Network address that BGP advertises.

  • Page 974: Peer Allow-As-Loop

    Command Manual – MBGP Chapter 1 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Description Use the peer advertise-community command to set to send community attributes to a peer group. Use the undo peer advertise-community command to remove the configuration.

  • Page 975: Peer As-Path-Acl Export

    Command Manual – MBGP Chapter 1 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands [H3C-bgp] ipv4-family multicast [H3C-bgp-af-mul] peer 1.1.1.1 allow-as-loop 2 1.1.24 peer as-path-acl export Syntax peer { group-name | peer-address } as-path-acl acl-number export undo peer { group-name | peer-address } as-path-acl acl-number export...

  • Page 976: Peer Enable

    Command Manual – MBGP Chapter 1 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands View IPv4 multicast sub-address family view Parameters group-name: Name of the peer group. peer-address: IP address of the peer. acl-number: Filter list number of an AS regular expression, in the range 1 to 199.

  • Page 977: Peer Filter-Policy Export

    Command Manual – MBGP Chapter 1 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Description Use the peer enable command to enable the MBGP peer group. Use the undo peer enable command to disable the MBGP peer group.

  • Page 978: Peer Filter-Policy Import

    Command Manual – MBGP Chapter 1 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Examples # Configure the peer group test to use ACL 2000 to filter the advertised routes. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.

  • Page 979: Peer Group

    Command Manual – MBGP Chapter 1 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands 1.1.29 peer group Syntax peer peer-address group group-name undo peer peer-address View IPv4 multicast sub-address family view Parameters peer-address: IP address of the peer, in dotted decimal format.

  • Page 980: Peer Ip-Prefix Import

    Command Manual – MBGP Chapter 1 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands undo peer group-name ip-prefix prefixname export View IPv4 multicast sub-address family view Parameters group-name: Name of peer group. prefixname: Name of the specified ip-prefix.

  • Page 981: Peer Next-Hop-Local

    Command Manual – MBGP Chapter 1 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Description Use the peer ip-prefix import command to configure the route filtering policy of routes received by the peer based on the ip-prefix. Use the undo peer ip-prefix import command to cancel the route filtering policy of the peer based on the ip-prefix.

  • Page 982: Peer Public-As-Only

    Command Manual – MBGP Chapter 1 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] bgp 100 [H3C-bgp] ipv4-family multicast [H3C-bgp-af-mul] peer test next-hop-local 1.1.33 peer public-as-only Syntax peer group-name public-as-only...

  • Page 983: Peer Route-Limit

    Command Manual – MBGP Chapter 1 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands undo peer group-name reflect-client View IPv4 multicast sub-address family view Parameters group-name: Name of the peer group. Description Use the peer reflect-client command to configure a peer (group) as a client of the route reflector.

  • Page 984: Peer Route-Policy Export

    <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] bgp 100 [H3C-bgp] ipv4-family multicast [H3C–bgp-af-mul] peer test route-limit 20000 20 idle-timeout 30 1.1.36 peer route-policy export Syntax peer group-name route-policy policy-name export undo peer group-name route-policy policy-name export...

  • Page 985: Peer Route-Policy Import

    Command Manual – MBGP Chapter 1 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands View IPv4 multicast sub-address family view Parameters group-name: Name of peer group. peer-address: IP address of the peer. Description Use the peer route-policy export command to assign the Route-policy to the routes advertised to the peer group.

  • Page 986: Preference

    Command Manual – MBGP Chapter 1 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Description Use the peer route-policy import command to assign the Route-policy to the route coming from the peer.. Use the undo peer route-policy import command to delete the specified Route-policy.

  • Page 987: Reflect Between-Clients

    Command Manual – MBGP Chapter 1 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Examples # Set the priority of EBGP, IBGP and local routes all to 170. <H3C> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.

  • Page 988: Reflector Cluster-Id

    Command Manual – MBGP Chapter 1 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands 1.1.40 reflector cluster-id Syntax reflector cluster-id { cluster-id | address } undo reflector cluster-id View IPv4 multicast sub-address family view Parameters cluster-id: Route reflector cluster ID, in integer number or IP address format, range 1 to 4294967295.
  • Page 989 Command Manual – MBGP Chapter 1 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands Parameters all: Refreshes multicast sub-address family routes of all peers. peer-address: Multicast sub-address family route of the specified peer. group-name: Multicast sub-address family routes of all members of the specified peer group.
  • Page 990 Command Manual – MBGP Chapter 1 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Commands System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [H3C] bgp 100 [H3C-bgp] ipv4-family multicast [H3C-bgp-af-mul] summary 1-31...
  • Page 991 Command Manual H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches MPLS VPN Volume Organization Manual Version T2-08194S-20081225-C-1.24 Product Version S9500-CMW310-R1648 Organization The MPLS VPN Volume is organized as follows: Features (command Description manual) MPLS Introduces the commands for MPLS configuration. MPLS VLL Introduces the commands for MPLS VLL configuration.
  • Page 992 Command Manual – MPLS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands..............1-1 1.1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands ................1-1 1.1.1 debugging mpls lspm ....................1-1 1.1.2 display mpls interface....................1-2 1.1.3 display mpls lsp .......................

  • Page 993: Chapter 1 Mpls Basic Configuration Commands

    By default, all debugging is disabled. This command is used to the debug MPLS LSPM. As running the debugging will affect the performance of the H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches, you are recommended to use the command with caution. Examples...

  • Page 994: Display Mpls Interface

    Command Manual – MPLS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands <H3C> debugging mpls lspm vpn 1.1.2 display mpls interface Syntax display mpls interface View Any view Parameters None Description Use the display mpls interface command to view the information of all MPLS-enabled interfaces.

  • Page 995: Display Mpls Static-Lsp

    Command Manual – MPLS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands Parameters include text: Displays the matching string including the specified information. verbose: Displays detailed information. Description Use the display mpls lsp command to display LSP information.

  • Page 996: Display Mpls Statistics

    Command Manual – MPLS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands Description Use the display mpls static-lsp command to view the information of one static LSP or all. Related commands: display mpls interface, display mpls lsp, display mpls statistics.

  • Page 997: Lsp-Trigger

    Command Manual – MPLS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands LSP Index/LSP Name : 10240/dynamic-lsp There is no information of LSP incoming segment! The statistics of lsp Out : OutSegment octets of LSP is: 162876...

  • Page 998: Mpls

    Command Manual – MPLS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands <H3C> system-view [H3C] mpls [H3C-mpls] lsp-trigger all 1.1.7 mpls Syntax mpls undo mpls View System view, VLAN interface view Parameters None Description In system view, input the mpls command for an initial use to enable MPLS function globally and enter MPLS view.

  • Page 999: Mpls Lsr-Id

    Command Manual – MPLS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands 1.1.8 mpls lsr-id Syntax mpls lsr-id ip-address undo mpls lsr-id View System view Parameters ip-address: LSR ID, in the format of IP address, used to identify an LSR.

  • Page 1000: Snmp-Agent Trap Enable Ldp

    Command Manual – MPLS H3C S9500 Series Routing Switches Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands Description Use the mpls settrap bad_ttl command to configure how the device should handle an MPLS data packet with a bad TTL. By default, the device drops MPLS data packets with an outer label TTL of 0. You can use the mpls settrap bad_ttl command to have such packets trapped to the CPU.

Table of Contents